228
METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING 05 12 13-1 Section 05 12 13 ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING PART 1 - G E N E R A L 1.01 SUMMARY A. Section includes architecturally exposed structural-steel (AESS). 1. Requirements in Division 05 “Structural Steel Framing” also apply to AESS. B. Related Sections include: 1. Division 05 “Structural Steel Framing” for additional requirements applicable to AESS. 2. Division 05 “Metal Fabrications” for miscellaneous steel fabrications and other metal items not defined as structural steel. 3. Division 09 “High-Performance Coatings” for surface preparation and priming requirements. 1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT A. No separate payment will be made for 05 12 13 ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING. Include price for all ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid Form line item 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING. The price shall include all work and material required for ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING as described in the plans and specifications. 1.03 DEFINITIONS A. AESS: Structural steel designated as “architecturally exposed structural steel” or “AESS” in the Contract Documents. B. Category 2 AESS: AESS that is within 20 feet vertically and horizontally of a walking surface and that is visible to a person standing on that walking surface or is designated as “Category 2 architecturally exposed structural steel” or “AESS-2” in the Contract Documents.

METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

  • Upload
    trandan

  • View
    241

  • Download
    3

Embed Size (px)

Citation preview

Page 1: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

05 12 13-1

Section 05 12 13

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes architecturally exposed structural-steel (AESS).

1. Requirements in Division 05 “Structural Steel Framing” also apply to AESS.

B. Related Sections include:

1. Division 05 “Structural Steel Framing” for additional requirements applicable to AESS.

2. Division 05 “Metal Fabrications” for miscellaneous steel fabrications and other metal items not defined as structural steel.

3. Division 09 “High-Performance Coatings” for surface preparation and priming requirements.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate payment will be made for 05 12 13 ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING. Include price for all ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid Form line item 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING. The price shall include all work and material required for ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. AESS: Structural steel designated as “architecturally exposed structural steel” or “AESS” in the Contract Documents.

B. Category 2 AESS: AESS that is within 20 feet vertically and horizontally of a walking surface and that is visible to a person standing on that walking surface or is designated as “Category 2 architecturally exposed structural steel” or “AESS-2” in the Contract Documents.

Page 2: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

05 12 13-2

1.04 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.

1.05 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.06 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication of AESS components. Shop Drawings for structural steel may be used for AESS provided items of AESS are specifically identified and requirements below are met for AESS.

1. Include details of cuts, connections, splices, camber, holes, and other pertinent data.

2. Include embedment Drawings.

3. Indicate welds by standard AWS symbols, distinguishing between shop and field welds, and show size, length, and type of each weld. Show backing bars that are to be removed and supplemental fillet welds where backing bars are to remain. Indicate grinding, finish, and profile of welds.

4. Indicate type, size, and length of bolts, distinguishing between shop and field bolts. Identify pretensioned and slip-critical, high-strength bolted connections. Indicate orientation of bolt heads.

5. Indicate exposed surfaces and edges and surface preparation being used.

6. Indicate special tolerances and erection requirements.

B. Samples: Submit Samples of AESS to set quality standards for exposed welds.

1. Two steel plates, 3/8 by 8 by 4 inches, with long edges joined by a groove weld and with weld ground smooth.

2. Square steel tube, minimum 8 inches in diameter, with end of another round steel tube or pipe, approximately 4 inches in diameter, welded to its side at a 45-degree angle with a continuous fillet weld and with weld ground smooth and blended.

Page 3: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

05 12 13-3

1.07 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Paint Compatibility Certificates: From manufacturers of topcoats applied over shop primers, certifying that shop primers are compatible with topcoats.

1.08 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: A qualified fabricator that participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Plant, Category STD, or is accredited by the IAS Fabricator Inspection Program for Structural Steel (AC 172).

B. Installer Qualifications: A qualified installer who participates in the AISC Quality Certification Program and is designated an AISC-Certified Erector, Category CSE.

C. Mockups: Build mockups of AESS to set quality standards for fabrication and installation.

1. Build mockup of typical portion of AESS as shown on Drawings or if not indicated as directed by Architect.

2. Coordinate high-performance coatings requirements with Division 09 “High-Performance Coatings.”

3. Approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

1.09 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Use special care in handling to prevent twisting, warping, nicking, and other damage. Store materials to permit easy access for inspection and identification. Keep steel members off ground and spaced by using pallets, dunnage, or other supports and spacers. Protect steel members and packaged materials from corrosion and deterioration.

1. Do not store materials on structure in a manner that might cause distortion, damage, or overload to members or supporting structures. Repair or replace damaged materials or structures as directed.

1.10 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Where AESS is indicated to fit against other construction, verify actual dimensions by field measurements before fabrication.

Page 4: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

05 12 13-4

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 BOLTS, CONNECTORS, AND ANCHORS

A. Refer to Division 05 Section “Structural Steel Framing” for requirements.

2.02 FILLER

A. Filler: Polyester filler intended for use in repairing dents in automobile bodies.

2.03 PRIMER

A. Primer: Comply with Division 09 Section “High-Performance Coatings.”

2.04 FABRICATION

A. Shop fabricate and assemble AESS to the maximum extent possible. Locate field joints at concealed locations if possible. Detail assemblies to minimize handling and to expedite erection.

B. In addition to special care used to handle and fabricate AESS, comply with the following:

1. Fabricate with exposed surfaces smooth, square, and free of surface blemishes including pitting, rust, scale, and roughness.

2. Fabricate Category 2 AESS with exposed surfaces free of seams to maximum extent possible.

3. Remove blemishes by filling or grinding or by welding and grinding, before cleaning, treating, and shop priming.

4. Fabricate with piece marks fully hidden in the completed structure or made with media that permits full removal after erection.

5. Fabricate Category 2 AESS to the tolerances specified in AISC 303 for steel that is not designated AESS.

6. Seal-weld open ends of hollow structural sections with 3/8-inch closure plates for AESS.

C. Coping, Blocking, and Joint Gaps: Maintain uniform gaps of 1/8 inch with a tolerance of 1/32 inch for AESS.

D. Bolt Holes: Cut, drill,or punch standard bolt holes perpendicular to metal surfaces.

Page 5: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

05 12 13-5

E. Holes: Provide holes required for securing other work to structural steel and for other work to pass through steel members.

1. Cut, drill, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces. Do not thermally cut bolt holes or enlarge holes by burning.

2. Baseplate Holes: Cut, drill, mechanically thermal cut, or punch holes perpendicular to steel surfaces.

3. Weld threaded nuts to framing and other specialty items indicated to receive other work.

2.05 SHOP CONNECTIONS

A. High-Strength Bolts: Shop install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's “Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts” for type of bolt and type of joint specified.

1. Joint Type: Snug tightened.

B. Weld Connections: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M for tolerances, appearances, welding procedure specifications, weld quality, and methods used in correcting welding work, and comply with the following:

1. Assemble and weld built-up sections by methods that will maintain true alignment of axes without exceeding specified tolerances.

2. Use weld sizes, fabrication sequence, and equipment for AESS that limit distortions to allowable tolerances.

3. Provide continuous welds of uniform size and profile where AESS is welded.

4. Grind butt and groove welds flush to adjacent surfaces within tolerance of plus 1/16 inch, minus zero inch for Category 2 AESS.

5. Make butt and groove welds flush to adjacent surfaces within tolerance of plus 1/16 inch, minus zero inch for Category 2 AESS. Do not grind unless required for clearances or for fitting other components, or unless directed to correct unacceptable work.

6. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs; back-gouge and grind steel smooth for Category 2 AESS.

7. At locations where welding on the far side of an exposed connection of Category 2 AESS occurs, grind distortions and marking of the steel to a smooth profile aligned with adjacent material.

Page 6: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

05 12 13-6

8. Make fillet welds for Category 2 AESS oversize and grind to uniform profile with smooth face and transition.

9. Make fillet welds for Category 2 AESS of uniform size and profile with exposed face smooth and slightly concave. Do not grind unless directed to correct unacceptable work.

2.06 SHOP PRIMING

A. Shop prime steel surfaces except the following:

1. Surfaces embedded in concrete or mortar. Extend priming of partially embedded members to a depth of 2 inches.

2. Surfaces to be field welded.

3. Surfaces to be high-strength bolted with slip-critical connections.

4. Surfaces to receive sprayed fire-resistive materials.

B. Surface Preparation: Clean surfaces to be painted. Remove loose rust and mill scale and spatter, slag, or flux deposits. Prepare surfaces according to the following specifications and standards:

1. SSPC-SP 6/NACE No. 3, “Commercial Blast Cleaning.”

C. Priming: Immediately after surface preparation, apply primer according to manufacturer's written instructions and at rate recommended by SSPC to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 1.5 mils. Use priming methods that result in full coverage of joints, corners, edges, and exposed surfaces.

1. Stripe paint corners, crevices, bolts, welds, and sharp edges.

2. Apply two coats of shop paint to surfaces that are inaccessible after assembly or erection. Change color of second coat to distinguish it from first.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Verify, with steel erector present, elevations of concrete- and masonry-bearing surfaces and locations of anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments for compliance with requirements.

Page 7: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

05 12 13-7

1. Prepare a certified survey of bearing surfaces, anchor rods, bearing plates, and other embedments showing dimensions, locations, angles, and elevations.

B. Examine AESS for twists, kinks, warping, gouges, and other imperfections before erecting.

C. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Provide temporary shores, guys, braces, and other supports during erection to keep AESS secure, plumb, and in alignment against temporary construction loads and loads equal in intensity to design loads. Remove temporary supports when permanent structural steel, connections, and bracing are in place unless otherwise indicated.

1. If possible, locate welded tabs for attaching temporary bracing and safety cabling where they will be concealed from view in the completed Work.

2. Do not remove temporary shoring supporting composite deck construction until cast-in-place concrete has attained its design compressive strength.

3.03 ERECTION

A. Set AESS accurately in locations and to elevations indicated and according to AISC 303 and AISC 360.

1. Erect Category 2 AESS to the tolerances specified in AISC 303 for steel that is designated AESS.

B. Do not use thermal cutting during erection unless approved by Architect. Finish thermally cut sections within smoothness limits in AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

3.04 FIELD CONNECTIONS

A. High-Strength Bolts: Install high-strength bolts according to RCSC's “Specification for Structural Joints Using ASTM A 325 or A 490 Bolts” for type of bolt and type of joint specified.

1. Joint Type: Snug tightened.

2. Orient bolt heads in same direction for each connection and to maximum extent possible in same direction for similar connections.

Page 8: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING

05 12 13-8

B. Weld Connections: Comply with requirements in “Weld Connections” Paragraph in “Shop Connections” Article.

1. Remove backing bars or runoff tabs; back-gouge and grind steel smooth for Category 2 AESS.

2. Remove erection bolts in Category 2 AESS, fill holes, and grind smooth.

3. Fill weld access holes in Category 2 AESS and grind smooth.

3.05 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Testing Agency: Owner will engage a qualified independent testing and inspecting agency to inspect AESS as specified in Division 05 “Structural Steel Framing.” The testing agency is not responsible for enforcing requirements relating to aesthetic effect.

B. Architect will observe AESS in place to determine acceptability relating to aesthetic effect.

3.06 REPAIRS AND PROTECTION

A. Remove welded tabs that were used for attaching temporary bracing and safety cabling and that are exposed to view in the completed Work. Grind steel smooth.

B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

1. Clean and prepare surfaces by SSPC-SP 2 hand-tool cleaning or SSPC-SP 3 power-tool cleaning.

END OF SECTION

Page 9: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design METAL FABRICATIONS

05 50 00-1

SECTION 05 50 00

METAL FABRICATIONS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Steel framing and supports for applications where framing and supports are not specified in other Sections.

2. Steel posts supports for Exterior Grilles and Screens.

3. Modifications to existing guardrail post base plates.

4. Sump pit covers.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate payment will be made for 05 50 00 METAL FABRICATIONS. Include price for all METAL FABRICATIONS in Bid Form line item 10 82 13 EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS. The price shall include all work and material required for METAL FABRICATIONS as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate selection of shop primers with topcoats to be applied over them. Comply with paint and coating manufacturers' written recommendations to ensure that shop primers and topcoats are compatible with one another.

B. Coordinate installation of metal fabrications that are anchored to or that receive other work. Furnish setting drawings, templates, and directions for installing anchorages, including sleeves, concrete inserts, anchor bolts, and items with integral anchors, that are to be embedded in concrete or masonry. Deliver such items to Project site in time for installation.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For paint products.

Page 10: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design METAL FABRICATIONS

05 50 00-2

B. Shop Drawings: Show fabrication and installation details. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details of metal fabrications and their connections. Show anchorage and accessory items.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Welding certificates.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, “Structural Welding Code - Steel.”

1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes acting on exterior metal fabrications by preventing buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of connections, and other detrimental effects.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.02 METALS

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth, flat surfaces unless otherwise indicated. For metal fabrications exposed to view in the completed Work, provide materials without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, or blemishes.

B. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

C. Rolled-Steel Floor Plate: ASTM A 786/A 786M, rolled from plate complying with ASTM A 36/A 36M or ASTM A 283/A 283M, Grade C or D.

D. Steel Tubing: ASTM A 500/A 500M, cold-formed steel tubing.

E. Steel Pipe: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Standard Weight (Schedule 40) unless otherwise indicated.

Page 11: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design METAL FABRICATIONS

05 50 00-3

F. Slotted Channel Framing: Cold-formed metal box channels (struts) complying with MFMA-4.

1. Size of Channels: 1-5/8 by 1-5/8 inches unless otherwise indicated.

2. Material: Galvanized steel, ASTM A 653/A 653M, structural steel, Grade 33, with G90 coating; not less than 0.079-inch nominal thickness.

2.03 FASTENERS

A. General: Unless otherwise indicated, provide Type 304 stainless-steel fasteners. Select fasteners for type, grade, and class required.

B. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 307, Grade A; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.

C. Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head bolts, ASTM A 325, Type 3; with hex nuts, ASTM A 563, Grade C3; and, where indicated, flat washers.

D. Stainless-Steel Bolts and Nuts: Regular hexagon-head annealed stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593; with hex nuts, ASTM F 594; and, where indicated, flat washers; Alloy Group 1.

E. Anchor Bolts: ASTM F 1554, Grade 36, of dimensions indicated; with nuts, ASTM A 563; and, where indicated, flat washers.

1. Hot-dip galvanize or provide mechanically deposited, zinc coating where item being fastened is indicated to be galvanized.

F. Anchors, General: Anchors capable of sustaining, without failure, a load equal to six times the load imposed when installed in unit masonry and four times the load imposed when installed in concrete, as determined by testing according to ASTM E 488/E 488M, conducted by a qualified independent testing agency.

G. Cast-in-Place Anchors in Concrete: Either threaded type or wedge type unless otherwise indicated; galvanized ferrous castings, either ASTM A 47/A 47M malleable iron or ASTM A 27/A 27M cast steel. Provide bolts, washers, and shims as needed, all hot-dip galvanized per ASTM F 2329.

H. Post-Installed Anchors: Torque-controlled expansion anchors or chemical anchors.

1. Material: Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.

Page 12: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design METAL FABRICATIONS

05 50 00-4

2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Galvanizing Repair Paint: High-zinc-dust-content paint complying with SSPC-Paint 20 and compatible with paints specified to be used over it.

2.05 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. Shop Assembly: Preassemble items in the shop to greatest extent possible. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation.

B. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

C. Form bent-metal corners to smallest radius possible without causing grain separation or otherwise impairing work.

D. Form exposed work with accurate angles and surfaces and straight edges.

E. Weld corners and seams continuously to comply with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing.

F. Form exposed connections with hairline joints, flush and smooth, using concealed fasteners or welds where possible. Where exposed fasteners are required, use Phillips flat-head (countersunk) fasteners unless otherwise indicated. Locate joints where least conspicuous.

G. Fabricate seams and other connections that are exposed to weather in a manner to exclude water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

H. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap metal fabrications as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

Page 13: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design METAL FABRICATIONS

05 50 00-5

I. Provide for anchorage of type indicated; coordinate with supporting structure. Space anchoring devices to secure metal fabrications rigidly in place and to support indicated loads.

J. Where units are indicated to be cast into concrete or built into masonry, equip with integrally welded steel strap anchors, 1/8 by 1-1/2 inches, with a minimum 6-inch embedment and 2-inch hook, not less than 8 inches from ends and corners of units and 24 inches o.c., unless otherwise indicated.

2.06 MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Provide steel framing and supports not specified in other Sections as needed to complete the Work.

B. Fabricate units from steel shapes, plates, and bars of welded construction unless otherwise indicated. Fabricate to sizes, shapes, and profiles indicated and as necessary to receive adjacent construction.

1. Fabricate units from slotted channel framing where indicated.

2. Furnish inserts for units installed after concrete is placed.

C. Galvanize miscellaneous framing and supports.

2.07 ELEVATOR PIT SUMP COVERS

A. Fabricate from 3/16-inch rolled-steel floor plate with four 1-inch- diameter holes for water drainage and for lifting.

B. Provide steel angle supports as indicated.

C. Galvanize elevator pit sump covers.

2.08 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Finish metal fabrications after assembly.

B. Finish exposed surfaces to remove tool and die marks and stretch lines, and to blend into surrounding surface.

2.09 STEEL AND IRON FINISHES

A. Galvanizing: Hot-dip galvanize items as indicated to comply with ASTM A 153/A 153M for steel and iron hardware and with ASTM A 123/A 123M for other steel and iron products.

Page 14: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design METAL FABRICATIONS

05 50 00-6

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Cutting, Fitting, and Placement: Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing metal fabrications. Set metal fabrications accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; with edges and surfaces level, plumb, true, and free of rack; and measured from established lines and levels.

B. Fit exposed connections accurately together to form hairline joints. Weld connections that are not to be left as exposed joints but cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of exterior units that have been hot-dip galvanized after fabrication and are for bolted or screwed field connections.

C. Field Welding: Comply with the following requirements:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap.

3. Remove welding flux immediately.

4. At exposed connections, finish exposed welds and surfaces smooth and blended so no roughness shows after finishing and contour of welded surface matches that of adjacent surface.

D. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Provide anchorage devices and fasteners where metal fabrications are required to be fastened to in-place construction. Provide threaded fasteners for use with concrete and masonry inserts, toggle bolts, through bolts, lag screws, wood screws, and other connectors.

E. Provide temporary bracing or anchors in formwork for items that are to be built into concrete, masonry, or similar construction.

3.02 INSTALLING MISCELLANEOUS FRAMING AND SUPPORTS

A. General: Install framing and supports to comply with requirements of items being supported, including manufacturers' written instructions and requirements indicated on Shop Drawings.

3.03 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and repair galvanizing to comply with ASTM A 780/A 780M.

Page 15: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design METAL FABRICATIONS

05 50 00-7

END OF SECTION

Page 16: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 17: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design BENTONITE WATERPROOFING

07 17 00-1

Section 07 17 00

BENTONITE WATERPROOFING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Bentonite waterproofing.

2. Molded-sheet drainage panels.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate payment will be made for 07 17 00 BENTONITE WATERPROOFING. Include price for all BENTONITE WATERPROOFING in Bid Form line item 03 30 00 CAST-IN-PLACE CONCRETE. The price shall include all work and material required for BENTONITE WATERPROOFING as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 PREINSTALLATION

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1. Include construction details, material descriptions, and installation instructions.

B. Shop Drawings: Include installation details for waterproofing, penetrations, and interface with other work.

C. Samples: For each of the following products, in sizes indicated:

1. Waterproofing: 6 inches square.

2. Molded-Sheet Drainage Panels: 6 inches square.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Sample Warranty: For manufacturer's special warranty.

Page 18: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design BENTONITE WATERPROOFING

07 17 00-2

1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Weather Limitations: Proceed with installation only when existing and forecasted weather conditions permit bentonite waterproofing to be installed according to manufacturer's written instructions and warranty requirements.

1. Do not apply waterproofing materials to surfaces where ice or frost is visible. Do not apply bentonite waterproofing materials in areas with standing water.

2. Do not place bentonite clay products in panel or composite form on damp surfaces unless such practice is approved in writing by manufacturer.

1.07 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer and Installer agree to repair or replace components of bentonite waterproofing system that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 BENTONITE-FILLED PAPER PANELS

A. Bentonite Panels: 3/16-inch-thick, corrugated kraft-paper panels with a minimum of 1.0 lb/sq. ft. of bentonite confined in corrugations of boards.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, available products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. CETCO, a Minerals Technologies company; Volclay.

2.02 MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANELS

A. Nonwoven-Geotextile-Faced Molded-Sheet Drainage Panels: Composite subsurface drainage panel consisting of studded, nonbiodegradable, molded-plastic-sheet drainage core; with a nonwoven, needle-punched geotextile facing with an apparent opening size not exceeding No. 70 sieve laminated to one side of the core, with a polymeric film bonded to the other side; and with a vertical flow rate of 9 to 18 gpm per ft..

B. Molded-Sheet Collector-Panel System: Composite subsurface collector-panel system by same manufacturer as primary molded-sheet drainage panels; consisting of a high-profile, studded, nonbiodegradable, molded-plastic-sheet

Page 19: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design BENTONITE WATERPROOFING

07 17 00-3

drainage core; with a woven-geotextile facing with an apparent opening size not exceeding No. 40 sieve laminated to one side of the core, without a polymeric film bonded to the other side; and with a vertical flow rate of 9 to 15 gpm per ft. Provide system with manufacturer's outlets, connectors, tapes, and other accessories to connect primary molded-sheet drainage panels with piped subdrainage system.

2.03 ACCESSORIES

A. Granular Bentonite: Sodium bentonite clay containing a minimum of 90 percent montmorillonite (hydrated aluminum silicate), with a minimum of 90 percent passing a No. 20 sieve.

B. Bentonite Mastic: Bentonite compound of trowelable consistency, specifically formulated for application at joints and penetrations.

C. Bentonite Tubes: Manufacturer's standard 2-inch-diameter, water-soluble tube containing approximately 1.5 lb/ft. of granular bentonite; hermetically sealed; designed specifically for placing on wall footings at line of joint with exterior base of wall.

D. Termination Bar: Extruded-aluminum or formed-stainless-steel bars with upper flange to receive sealant.

E. Sealants: As recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer. Comply with requirements specified in Division 07 “Joint Sealants.”

F. Tapes: Waterproofing manufacturer's recommended waterproof tape for joints between sheets, membranes, or panels.

G. Adhesive: Waterproofing manufacturer's water-based adhesive used to secure waterproofing to both vertical and horizontal surfaces.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for substrate preparations and other conditions affecting performance of bentonite waterproofing.

B. Examine bentonite materials before installation. Reject materials that have been prematurely exposed to moisture.

Page 20: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design BENTONITE WATERPROOFING

07 17 00-4

C. Verify that substrate is complete and that work that will penetrate waterproofing is complete and rigidly installed.

D. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Clean, prepare, and treat substrates according to manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Formed Concrete Surfaces: Remove fins and projections. Fill voids, rock pockets, form-tie holes, and other defects with bentonite mastic or cement grout patching material according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Excavation Support and Protection System: If water is seeping, use plastic protection sheets or other suitable means to prevent wetting the bentonite waterproofing. Fill minor gaps and spaces 1/8 inch wide or wider with wood, metal, concrete, or other appropriate filling material. Cover or fill large voids and crevices with cement mortar according to manufacturer's written instructions.

3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Prepare substrates, voids, cracks, and cavities; and install waterproofing and accessories according to manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Before installing, verify the correct side of waterproofing that shall face substrate surface.

2. Apply granular bentonite around penetrations in horizontal surfaces and changes in plane according to manufacturer's details in preparation for bentonite tubes and mastic.

3. Apply bentonite tubes, bentonite mastic, or both at changes of plane, construction joints in substrate, projections, and penetrations.

4. Prime concrete substrates. Primer may be omitted on concrete surfaces that comply with manufacturer's written requirements for dryness, surface texture, and freedom from imperfections.

B. Apply bentonite tubes continuously on footing against base of wall to be waterproofed.

C. Protect waterproofing from damage and wetting before and during subsequent construction operations. Repair punctures, tears, and cuts.

Page 21: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design BENTONITE WATERPROOFING

07 17 00-5

D. Install protection course before backfilling or placing overburden when recommended in writing by waterproofing manufacturer.

3.04 BENTONITE-FILLED PAPER PANEL INSTALLATION

A. Install a continuous layer of bentonite panels, with ends and edges lapped a minimum of 1-1/2 inches unless otherwise indicated. Stagger joints in adjoining panel rows.

B. Concrete Walls: Starting at bottom of wall, apply bentonite panels with ends and edges lapped and with vertical joints staggered. Secure with fasteners or adhesive as recommended in writing by manufacturer. Extend to bottom of footing, grade beam, or wall.

1. Horizontal-to-Vertical Transitions: Install bentonite tubes immediately before backfilling and compact backfill over the joint.

2. Termination at Grade: Extend bentonite panels to within 2 inches of finish grade unless otherwise indicated. Secure top edge with termination bar. Apply sealant to top edge of termination bar.

3.05 MOLDED-SHEET DRAINAGE PANEL INSTALLATION

A. Place and secure molded-sheet drainage panels according to manufacturer's written instructions. Use adhesives or another method that does not penetrate waterproofing. Lap edges and ends of geotextile to maintain continuity. Protect installed molded-sheet drainage panels during subsequent construction.

B. Molded-Sheet Collector-Panel System: Install according to manufacturer's written instructions. Connect to piped subdrainage system.

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Manufacturer's Field Service: Engage a factory-authorized service representative to test and inspect completed waterproofing installation before covering with other construction, and provide written report stating that installation complies with manufacturer's written instructions.

1. Remove and replace applications of bentonite waterproofing where inspection indicates that it does not comply with specified requirements.

END OF SECTION

Page 22: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 23: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-1

SECTION 07 62 00

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes:

1. Formed sheet metal fabrications.

2. Extruded aluminum leaders and downspouts for rain drainage.

B. Related Sections include Division 10 Section “Protective Covers” for gutters provided with protective covers.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate payment will be made for 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM. Include price for all SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM in Bid Form line item 10 73 00 CANOPY ROOF (PROTECTIVE COVERS). The price shall include all work and material required for SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim layout and seams with sizes and locations of penetrations to be flashed, and joints and seams in adjacent materials.

B. Coordinate sheet metal flashing and trim installation with adjoining roofing and wall materials, joints, and seams to provide leakproof, secure, and noncorrosive installation.

1.04 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1. Review sheet metal flashing observation and repair procedures after flashing installation.

1.05 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Shop Drawings: For sheet metal flashing and trim.

Page 24: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-2

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details.

2. Detail fabrication and installation layouts, expansion-joint locations, and keyed details. Distinguish between shop- and field-assembled work.

3. Include identification of material, thickness, weight, and finish for each item and location in Project.

4. Include details for forming, including profiles, shapes, seams, and dimensions.

5. Include details for joining, supporting, and securing, including layout and spacing of fasteners, cleats, clips, and other attachments. Include pattern of seams.

6. Include details of termination points and assemblies.

7. Include details of special conditions.

8. Include details of connections to adjoining work.

B. Samples for Verification: For each type of exposed finish.

1. Sheet Metal Flashing: 12 inches long by actual width of unit, including finished seam and in required profile. Include fasteners, cleats, clips, closures, and other attachments.

2. Trim, Metal Closures, Expansion Joints, Joint Intersections, and Miscellaneous Fabrications: 12 inches long and in required profile. Include fasteners and other exposed accessories.

1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For sheet metal flashing and trim, and its accessories, to include in maintenance manuals.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Fabricator Qualifications: Employs skilled workers who custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim similar to that required for this Project and whose products have a record of successful in-service performance.

1.08 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Do not store sheet metal flashing and trim materials in contact with other materials that might cause staining, denting, or other surface damage. Store

Page 25: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-3

sheet metal flashing and trim materials away from uncured concrete and masonry.

B. Protect strippable protective covering on sheet metal flashing and trim from exposure to sunlight and high humidity, except to extent necessary for period of sheet metal flashing and trim installation.

C. WARRANTY

1. Special Warranty on Finishes: Manufacturer agrees to repair finish or replace sheet metal flashing and trim that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

a. Exposed Panel Finish: Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

1) Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244.

2) Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.

3) Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

b. Finish Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General: Sheet metal flashing and trim assemblies shall withstand wind loads, structural movement, thermally induced movement, and exposure to weather without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction. Completed sheet metal flashing and trim shall not rattle, leak, or loosen, and shall remain watertight.

B. Sheet Metal Standard for Flashing and Trim: Comply with SMACNA's “Architectural Sheet Metal Manual” requirements for dimensions and profiles shown unless more stringent requirements are indicated.

C. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements from ambient and surface temperature changes to prevent buckling, opening of joints, overstressing of components, failure of joint sealants, failure of connections, and other

Page 26: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-4

detrimental effects. Base calculations on surface temperatures of materials due to both solar heat gain and nighttime-sky heat loss.

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

2.02 SHEET METALS

A. General: Protect mechanical and other finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying strippable, temporary protective film before shipping.

A. Aluminum Sheet: ASTM B 209, alloy as standard with manufacturer for finish required, with temper as required to suit forming operations and performance required; with smooth, flat surface.

1. Exposed Coil-Coated Finish: Metallic fluoropolymer complying with AAMA 2605; a three-coat fluoropolymer finish with suspended metallic flakes containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in both color coat and clear topcoat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

2. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.03 ALUMINUM TUBE

A. Aluminum, General: Provide alloy and temper recommended by aluminum producer and finisher for type of use and finish indicated, and with not less than the strength and durability properties of alloy and temper designated below for each aluminum form required.

B. Extruded Tubing: ASTM B 221, Alloy 6063-T5/T52.

C. High-Performance Organic Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

1. Color and Gloss: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.04 UNDERLAYMENT MATERIALS

A. Self-Adhering, High-Temperature Sheet: Minimum 30 mils thick, consisting of a slip-resistant polyethylene- or polypropylene-film top surface laminated to a layer of butyl-modified adhesive, with release-paper backing; specifically designed to withstand high metal temperatures beneath metal roofing. Provide primer according to written recommendations of underlayment manufacturer.

Page 27: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-5

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

a. Carlisle Residential; a division of Carlisle Construction Materials.

b. Grace Construction Products; W.R. Grace & Co. -- Conn.

c. Protecto Wrap Company.

2. Thermal Stability: ASTM D 1970; stable after testing at 240 deg F or higher.

3. Low-Temperature Flexibility: ASTM D 1970; passes after testing at minus 20 deg F or lower.

2.05 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. General: Provide materials and types of fasteners, solder, protective coatings, sealants, and other miscellaneous items as required for complete sheet metal flashing and trim installation and as recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal unless otherwise indicated.

B. Fasteners: Self-tapping screws, self-locking rivets and bolts, and other suitable fasteners designed to withstand design loads and recommended by manufacturer of primary sheet metal.

1. General: Blind fasteners or self-drilling screws, gasketed, with hex-washer head.

a. Exposed Fasteners: Heads matching color of sheet metal using plastic caps or factory-applied coating. Provide metal-backed EPDM or PVC sealing washers under heads of exposed fasteners bearing on weather side of metal.

b. Blind Fasteners: High-strength aluminum or stainless-steel rivets suitable for metal being fastened.

2. Fasteners for Aluminum Sheet: Aluminum or Series 300 stainless steel.

C. Sealant Tape: Pressure-sensitive, 100 percent solids, polyisobutylene compound sealant tape with release-paper backing. Provide permanently elastic, nonsag, nontoxic, nonstaining tape 1/2-inch wide and 1/8 inch thick.

D. Elastomeric Sealant: ASTM C 920, elastomeric silicone polymer sealant; of type, grade, class, and use classifications required to seal joints in sheet metal flashing and trim and remain watertight.

Page 28: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-6

2.06 FABRICATION, GENERAL

A. General: Custom fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim and extruded aluminum leaders to comply with details shown and recommendations in cited sheet metal standard that apply to design, dimensions, geometry, metal thickness, and other characteristics of item required. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in shop to greatest extent possible.

1. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim in thickness or weight needed to comply with performance requirements, but not less than that specified for each application and metal.

2. Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim from stainless steel, 0.016 inch thick unless otherwise indicated.

3. Fabricate downspouts and leaders from aluminum tube in thickness indicated on Drawings.

4. Obtain field measurements for accurate fit before shop fabrication.

5. Form sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates without excessive oil canning, buckling, and tool marks; true to line, levels, and slopes; and with exposed edges folded back to form hems.

6. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible. Do not use exposed fasteners on faces exposed to view.

B. Fabrication Tolerances: Fabricate sheet metal flashing and trim that is capable of installation to a tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

C. Expansion Provisions: Form metal for thermal expansion of exposed flashing and trim.

1. Form expansion joints in sheet metal of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1-inch deep, filled with elastomeric sealant concealed within joints. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

D. Sealant Joints: Where movable, nonexpansion-type joints are required, form metal to provide for proper installation of elastomeric sealant according to cited sheet metal standard.

E. Fabricate cleats and attachment devices from same material as accessory being anchored or from compatible, noncorrosive metal.

Page 29: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-7

F. Seams for Aluminum: Fabricate nonmoving seams with flat-lock seams. Form seams and seal with epoxy seam sealer. Rivet joints where necessary for strength.

2.07 ROOF-DRAINAGE SHEET METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Downspouts and Leaders: Fabricate rectangular downspouts and leaders to dimensions indicated, complete with mitered elbows. Furnish with metal hangers fabricated as indicated on Drawings. Shop fabricate elbows.

1. Fabricate from aluminum tubing of thickness indicated on Drawings.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates, areas, and conditions, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances, substrate, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

1. Verify compliance with requirements for installation tolerances of substrates.

2. Verify that substrate is sound, dry, smooth, clean, sloped for drainage, and securely anchored.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 UNDERLAYMENT INSTALLATION

A. Self-Adhering Sheet Underlayment: Install self-adhering sheet underlayment, wrinkle free. Prime substrate if recommended by underlayment manufacturer. Comply with temperature restrictions of underlayment manufacturer for installation; use primer for installing underlayment at low temperatures. Apply in shingle fashion to shed water, with end laps of not less than 6 inches staggered 24 inches between courses. Overlap side edges not less than 3-1/2 inches. Roll laps and edges with roller. Cover underlayment within 14 days.

3.03 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. General: Anchor sheet metal flashing and trim and other components of the Work securely in place, with provisions for thermal and structural movement. Use fasteners[, solder], protective coatings, separators, sealants, and other

Page 30: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-8

miscellaneous items as required to complete sheet metal flashing and trim system.

1. Install sheet metal flashing and trim true to line, levels, and slopes. Provide uniform, neat seams with minimum exposure of solder, welds, and sealant.

2. Install sheet metal flashing and trim to fit substrates and to result in watertight performance. Verify shapes and dimensions of surfaces to be covered before fabricating sheet metal.

3. Space cleats not more than 12 inches apart. Attach each cleat with at least two fasteners. Bend tabs over fasteners.

4. Install exposed sheet metal flashing and trim with limited oil canning, and free of buckling and tool marks.

5. Torch cutting of sheet metal flashing and trim is not permitted.

B. Metal Protection: Where dissimilar metals contact each other, or where metal contacts pressure-treated wood or other corrosive substrates, protect against galvanic action or corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous coating or by other permanent separation as recommended by sheet metal manufacturer or cited sheet metal standard.

C. Expansion Provisions: Provide for thermal expansion of exposed downspouts and leaders. Space movement joints at maximum of 10 feet with no joints within 24 inches of corner or intersection.

1. Expansion Joints in Sheet Metal:

a. Form expansion joints of intermeshing hooked flanges, not less than 1 inch deep, filled with sealant concealed within joints.

b. Use lapped expansion joints only where indicated on Drawings.

2. Expansion Joints in Aluminum Tube: Install expansion joints at locations indicated but not farther apart than required to accommodate thermal movement. Provide slip-joint internal sleeve extending 2 inches beyond joint on either side, fasten internal sleeve securely to one side, and locate joint within 6 inches of bracket.

D. Fasteners: Use fastener sizes that penetrate metal framing and decking not less than recommended by fastener manufacturer to achieve maximum pull-out resistance.

Page 31: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-9

E. Conceal fasteners and expansion provisions where possible in exposed work and locate to minimize possibility of leakage. Cover and seal fasteners and anchors as required for a tight installation.

F. Seal joints as required for watertight construction.

1. Use sealant-filled joints unless otherwise indicated. Embed hooked flanges of joint members not less than 1 inch into sealant. Form joints to completely conceal sealant. When ambient temperature at time of installation is between 40 and 70 deg F, set joint members for 50 percent movement each way. Adjust setting proportionately for installation at higher ambient temperatures. Do not install sealant-type joints at temperatures below 40 deg F.

2. Prepare joints and apply sealants to comply with requirements in Division 07 “Joint Sealants.”

G. Soldered Joints: Clean surfaces to be soldered, removing oils and foreign matter. Pre-tin edges of sheets with solder to width of 1-1/2 inches; however, reduce pre-tinning where pre-tinned surface would show in completed Work.

1. Do not use torches for soldering.

2. Heat surfaces to receive solder, and flow solder into joint. Fill joint completely. Completely remove flux and spatter from exposed surfaces.

3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Installation Tolerances: Shim and align sheet metal flashing and trim within installed tolerance of 1/4 inch in 20 feet on slope and location lines indicated on Drawings and within 1/8-inch offset of adjoining faces and of alignment of matching profiles.

3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean exposed metal surfaces of substances that interfere with uniform oxidation and weathering.

B. Clean and neutralize flux materials. Clean off excess solder.

C. Clean off excess sealants.

D. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films as sheet metal flashing and trim are installed unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of sheet metal flashing and trim installation, remove unused materials and clean finished surfaces as

Page 32: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM

07 62 00-10

recommended by sheet metal flashing and trim manufacturer. Maintain sheet metal flashing and trim in clean condition during construction.

E. Replace sheet metal flashing and trim that have been damaged or that have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION

Page 33: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-1

Section 07 92 00

JOINT SEALANTS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes silicone joint sealants.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate payment will be made for 07 92 00 JOINT SEALANTS. Include price for all JOINT SEALANTS in Bid Form line item 08 44 26.16 POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM. The price shall include all work and material required for JOINT SEALANTS as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each joint-sealant product.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: Manufacturer's color charts consisting of strips of cured sealants showing the full range of colors available for each product exposed to view.

C. Samples for Verification: For each kind and color of joint sealant required, provide Samples with joint sealants in 1/2-inch-wide joints formed between two 6-inch-long strips of material matching the appearance of exposed surfaces adjacent to joint sealants.

D. Joint-Sealant Schedule: Include the following information:

1. Joint-sealant application, joint location, and designation.

2. Joint-sealant manufacturer and product name.

3. Joint-sealant formulation.

4. Joint-sealant color.

Page 34: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-2

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Field-Adhesion-Test Reports: For each sealant application tested.

B. Sample Warranties: For special warranties.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer.

1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants under the following conditions:

1. When ambient and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits

permitted by joint-sealant manufacturer or are below 40 deg F.

2. When joint substrates are wet.

3. Where joint widths are less than those allowed by joint-sealant manufacturer

for applications indicated.

4. Where contaminants capable of interfering with adhesion have not yet been

removed from joint substrates.

1.08 WARRANTY

A. Special Installer's Warranty: Installer agrees to repair or replace joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Two years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to furnish joint sealants to repair or replace those joint sealants that do not comply with performance and other requirements specified in this Section within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: Ten years from date of Substantial Completion.

C. Special warranties specified in this article exclude deterioration or failure of joint sealants from the following:

Page 35: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-3

1. Movement of the structure caused by stresses on the sealant exceeding

sealant manufacturer's written specifications for sealant elongation and

compression.

2. Disintegration of joint substrates from causes exceeding design

specifications.

3. Mechanical damage caused by individuals, tools, or other outside agents.

4. Changes in sealant appearance caused by accumulation of dirt or other

atmospheric contaminants.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 JOINT SEALANTS, GENERAL

A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, backings, and other related materials that are compatible with one another and with joint substrates under conditions of service and application, as demonstrated by joint-sealant manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

B. Colors of Exposed Joint Sealants: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

2.02 SILICONE JOINT SEALANTS

A. Silicone, S, NS, 50, NT: Single-component, nonsag, plus 50 percent and minus 50 percent movement capability, nontraffic-use, neutral-curing silicone joint sealant; ASTM C 920, Type S, Grade NS, Class 50, Use NT.

1. Products: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide one of the

following:

a. Dow Corning Corporation; Dow Corning® 791 Silicone Weatherproofing

Sealant.

b. GE Construction Sealants; Momentive Performance Materials Inc.;

SCS2000 SilPruf.

c. Pecora Corporation; PCS.

d. Sika Corporation; Joint Sealants; Sikasil WS-295.

Page 36: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-4

2.03 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING

A. Sealant Backing Material, General: Nonstaining; compatible with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and approved for applications indicated by sealant manufacturer based on field experience and laboratory testing.

B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.

1. Provide any of the following types, as approved in writing by joint-sealant

manufacturer for joint application indicated:

a. Type C (closed-cell material with a surface skin).

b. Type O (open-cell material).

c. Type B (bicellular material with a surface skin).

C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or joint surfaces at back of joint. Provide self-adhesive tape where applicable.

2.04 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Primer: Material recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer where required for adhesion of sealant to joint substrates indicated, as determined from preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests and field tests.

B. Cleaners for Nonporous Surfaces: Chemical cleaners acceptable to manufacturers of sealants and sealant backing materials, free of oily residues or other substances capable of staining or harming joint substrates and adjacent nonporous surfaces in any way, and formulated to promote optimum adhesion of sealants to joint substrates.

C. Masking Tape: Nonstaining, nonabsorbent material compatible with joint sealants and surfaces adjacent to joints.

Page 37: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-5

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine joints indicated to receive joint sealants, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for joint configuration, installation tolerances, and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Surface Cleaning of Joints: Clean out joints immediately before installing joint sealants to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions and the following requirements:

1. Remove all foreign material from joint substrates that could interfere with

adhesion of joint sealant, including dust, paints (except for permanent,

protective coatings tested and approved for sealant adhesion and

compatibility by sealant manufacturer), old joint sealants, oil, grease,

waterproofing, water repellents, water, surface dirt, and frost.

2. Clean porous joint substrate surfaces by brushing, grinding, mechanical

abrading, or a combination of these methods to produce a clean, sound

substrate capable of developing optimum bond with joint sealants. Remove

loose particles remaining after cleaning operations above by vacuuming or

blowing out joints with oil-free compressed air. Porous joint substrates

include the following:

a. Concrete.

3. Remove laitance and form-release agents from concrete.

4. Clean nonporous joint substrate surfaces with chemical cleaners or other

means that do not stain, harm substrates, or leave residues capable of

interfering with adhesion of joint sealants. Nonporous joint substrates

include the following:

a. Metal.

b. Glazing

Page 38: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-6

B. Joint Priming: Prime joint substrates where recommended by joint-sealant manufacturer or as indicated by preconstruction joint-sealant-substrate tests or prior experience. Apply primer to comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written instructions. Confine primers to areas of joint-sealant bond; do not allow spillage or migration onto adjoining surfaces.

C. Masking Tape: Use masking tape where required to prevent contact of sealant or primer with adjoining surfaces that otherwise would be permanently stained or damaged by such contact or by cleaning methods required to remove sealant smears. Remove tape immediately after tooling without disturbing joint seal.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF JOINT SEALANTS

A. General: Comply with joint-sealant manufacturer's written installation instructions for products and applications indicated, unless more stringent requirements apply.

B. Sealant Installation Standard: Comply with recommendations in ASTM C 1193 for use of joint sealants as applicable to materials, applications, and conditions indicated.

C. Install sealant backings of kind indicated to support sealants during application and at position required to produce cross-sectional shapes and depths of installed sealants relative to joint widths that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

1. Do not leave gaps between ends of sealant backings.

2. Do not stretch, twist, puncture, or tear sealant backings.

3. Remove absorbent sealant backings that have become wet before sealant

application, and replace them with dry materials.

D. Install bond-breaker tape behind sealants where sealant backings are not used between sealants and backs of joints.

E. Install sealants using proven techniques that comply with the following and at the same time backings are installed:

1. Place sealants so they directly contact and fully wet joint substrates.

2. Completely fill recesses in each joint configuration.

Page 39: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-7

3. Produce uniform, cross-sectional shapes and depths relative to joint widths

that allow optimum sealant movement capability.

F. Tooling of Nonsag Sealants: Immediately after sealant application and before skinning or curing begins, tool sealants according to requirements specified in subparagraphs below to form smooth, uniform beads of configuration indicated; to eliminate air pockets; and to ensure contact and adhesion of sealant with sides of joint.

1. Remove excess sealant from surfaces adjacent to joints.

2. Use tooling agents that are approved in writing by sealant manufacturer and

that do not discolor sealants or adjacent surfaces.

3. Provide concave joint profile per Figure 8A in ASTM C 1193 unless

otherwise indicated.

4. Provide flush joint profile at locations indicated on Drawings according to

Figure 8B in ASTM C 1193.

5. Provide recessed joint configuration of recess depth and at locations

indicated on Drawings according to Figure 8C in ASTM C 1193.

a. Use masking tape to protect surfaces adjacent to recessed tooled joints.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Field-Adhesion Testing: Field test joint-sealant adhesion to joint substrates as follows:

1. Extent of Testing: Test completed and cured sealant joints as follows:

a. Perform 10 Insert number tests for the first 1000 feet of joint length for

each kind of sealant and joint substrate.

b. Perform one test for each 1000 feet of joint length thereafter or one test

per each floor per elevation.

2. Test Method: Test joint sealants according to Method A, Field-Applied

Sealant Joint Hand Pull Tab, in Appendix X1 in ASTM C 1193 or Method A,

Tail Procedure, in ASTM C 1521.

Page 40: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-8

a. For joints with dissimilar substrates, verify adhesion to each substrate

separately; extend cut along one side, verifying adhesion to opposite

side. Repeat procedure for opposite side.

3. Inspect tested joints and report on the following:

a. Whether sealants filled joint cavities and are free of voids.

b. Whether sealant dimensions and configurations comply with specified

requirements.

c. Whether sealants in joints connected to pulled-out portion failed to

adhere to joint substrates or tore cohesively. Include data on pull

distance used to test each kind of product and joint substrate. Compare

these results to determine if adhesion complies with sealant

manufacturer's field-adhesion hand-pull test criteria.

4. Record test results in a field-adhesion-test log. Include dates when sealants

were installed, names of persons who installed sealants, test dates, test

locations, whether joints were primed, adhesion results and percent

elongations, sealant material, sealant configuration, and sealant

dimensions.

5. Repair sealants pulled from test area by applying new sealants following

same procedures used originally to seal joints. Ensure that original sealant

surfaces are clean and that new sealant contacts original sealant.

B. Evaluation of Field-Adhesion-Test Results: Sealants not evidencing adhesive failure from testing or noncompliance with other indicated requirements will be considered satisfactory. Remove sealants that fail to adhere to joint substrates during testing or to comply with other requirements. Retest failed applications until test results prove sealants comply with indicated requirements.

3.05 CLEANING

A. Clean off excess sealant or sealant smears adjacent to joints as the Work progresses by methods and with cleaning materials approved in writing by manufacturers of joint sealants and of products in which joints occur.

3.06 PROTECTION

A. Protect joint sealants during and after curing period from contact with contaminating substances and from damage resulting from construction

Page 41: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design JOINT SEALANTS

07 92 00-9

operations or other causes so sealants are without deterioration or damage at time of Substantial Completion. If, despite such protection, damage or deterioration occurs, cut out, remove, and repair damaged or deteriorated joint sealants immediately so installations with repaired areas are indistinguishable from original work.

END OF SECTION

Page 42: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 43: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

08 44 26.16-1

SECTION 08 44 26.16

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes steel framed, point-supported curtain wall assemblies with plastic glazing.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Measurement and Payment shall be on a Lump Sum basis entered in the Bid Form in item 08 44 26.16 POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM. The work shall include but not be limited to POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM AND JOINT SEALANTS complete in place, as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Shop Drawings: For steel framed, point-supported curtain wall assemblies. Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

1. Include details of provisions for assembly expansion and contraction.

2. Include full-size isometric details of each vertical-to-horizontal intersection of assembly, showing the following:

a. Joinery including concealed welds.

b. Anchorage.

c. Expansion provisions.

d. Glazing.

e. Flashing and drainage.

Page 44: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

08 44 26.16-2

C. Samples: For each exposed finish required.

D. Fabrication Sample: Of each framing intersection of assemblies, made from 12-inch lengths of full-size components and showing details of the following:

1. Glazing support.

2. Glazing.

3. Sealants.

E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For steel framed, point-supported glazed curtain wall assemblies with point supported plastic glazing indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Sample warranties.

1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Installer Qualifications: An entity approved by the steel framed, point-supported curtain wall manufacturer that employs installers and supervisors who are experienced in erecting the types of assemblies specified.

B. Mockups: Provide steel framed, point-supported curtain wall assemblies and accessories required to construct integrated exterior mockup specified in Division 01 Section “Mockups.”

C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of steel framed, point-supported curtain wall assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.

1. Do not change intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If changes are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.

Page 45: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

08 44 26.16-3

1.08 WARRANTY

A. Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of steel framed, point-supported curtain wall assemblies that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.

b. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.

c. Deterioration of metals, metal finishes, and other materials beyond normal weathering.

d. Water penetration through fixed glazing and framing areas.

2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, as defined in Division 01 Section “Quality Requirements,” to design steel framed, point-supported glazed curtain wall assemblies.

B. General Performance: Comply with performance requirements specified, as determined by testing of steel framed, point-supported glazed curtain wall assemblies representing those indicated for this Project without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

1. Steel framed, point-supported glazed curtain wall assemblies shall withstand movements of supporting structure including, but not limited to, story drift, twist, column shortening, long-term creep, and deflection from uniformly distributed and concentrated live loads.

2. Failure also includes the following:

a. Thermal stresses transferring to building structure.

b. Glazing breakage.

Page 46: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

08 44 26.16-4

c. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.

d. Loosening or weakening of fasteners, attachments, and other components.

C. Structural Loads:

1. Wind Loads: Determine positive and negative wind pressures according to ASCE/SEI 7 using wind speed criteria indicated on Structural Drawings but not less than 30 psf.

D. Deflection of Framing Members: At design wind pressure, as follows:

1. Deflection Normal to Wall Plane: Limited to edge of glazing in a direction perpendicular to glazing plane not exceeding 1/175 of the glazing edge length for each individual glazing lite or an amount that restricts edge deflection of individual glazing lites to 3/4 inch, whichever is less.

2. Deflection Parallel to Glazing Plane: Limited to amount not exceeding that which reduces glazing bite to less than 75 percent of design dimension and that which reduces edge clearance between framing members and glazing or other fixed components to less than 1/8 inch.

E. Structural: Test according to ASTM E 330 as follows:

1. When tested at positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies do not evidence deflection exceeding specified limits.

2. When tested at 150 percent of positive and negative wind-load design pressures, assemblies, including anchorage, do not evidence material failures, structural distress, or permanent deformation of main framing members exceeding 0.2 percent of span.

3. Test Durations: As required by design wind velocity, but not less than 10 seconds.

F. Plastic glazing sheets and glazing materials shall withstand normal temperature changes, wind, and impact loads without failure, including loss or breakage of plastic sheets attributable to the following: deterioration of plastic sheet and glazing materials, or other defects in materials and installation.

G. Thermal Movements: Allow for thermal movements resulting from ambient and surface temperature changes:

1. Temperature Change: 120 deg F, ambient; 180 deg F, material surfaces.

Page 47: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

08 44 26.16-5

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis of Design: Design is based on steel framed, point-supported curtain wall assemblies designed and manufactured by Novum Structures, LLC. or Sentech Architectural Systems.

2.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Steel framed, point-supported curtain wall assemblies consists of plastic glazing units, supported by spider fittings (ball and joint rotules) with 10-degree rotation capacity to anchor perpendicular to the plane of the glazing mounted to steel framing with glazing units butt glazed with structural glazing sealant.

2.04 FRAMING

A. Point Supported Fittings: Fabricate spiders and rotules from stainless steel, Type 316, with machined finish.

B. Framing Members: Structural steel tube as specified in Division 05 Section “Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel Framing” in sizes required to support imposed loads.

2.05 GLAZING

A. Monolithic Polycarbonate Glazing: Polycarbonate sheet; ASTM C 1349, Appendix X1, Type I (standard, UV stabilized), with a polished finish.

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to the following:

a. Altuglas International, Division of Arkema Inc.

b. Amerilux International, LLC.

c. Covestro LLC; Plastics (formerly Bayer MaterialScience).

d. SABIC Innovative Plastics IP BV.

2. Nominal Thickness: 0.50 inch.

3. Color: Transparent light gray tint.

4. Combustibility Class: CC1.

5. Flame-Spread Index: 200 or less.

Page 48: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

08 44 26.16-6

2.06 ACCESSORIES

A. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard stainless steel fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.

1. Use self-locking devices where fasteners are subject to loosening or turning out from thermal and structural movements, wind loads, or vibration.

B. Concealed Flashing: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Prepare surfaces that are in contact with structural sealant according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions to ensure compatibility and adhesion. Preparation includes, but is not limited to, cleaning and priming surfaces.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Erect steel framing according to requirements of Division 05 Section “Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel Framing.”

B. Erect steel framed, point-supported curtain wall assemblies and accessory items according to manufacturer’s installation instructions and approved Shop Drawings.

1. Do not position glazing units by the use of force. Provide temporary bracing and support as required to ensure stability during installation process.

2. Bolt Head Orientation: Orient exposed bolt heads as indicated on the approved Shop Drawings.

3. Field Welding: If required at glazing arm supports, provide weld profile, quality and finish consistent with quality of shop welds. If not visible, then welds shall comply with visual appearance specified in AWS D1.1.

Page 49: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

08 44 26.16-7

a. Weld Size: As indicated on approved Shop Drawings.

b. Protect glazing units from heat and splatter.

4. Bolts: Fully tighten according to methods indicated in approved Shop Drawings. Tighten specified pre-stressed bolts using the necessary tools and the torques checked. Reset calibrations often to ensure torque is accurate.

5. Clean glazing connectors receiving glazing materials of deleterious substances that might impair the work. Remove protective coatings that might fail in adhesion or interfere with bond of sealants. Comply with the manufacturer’s instructions for final wiping of surfaces immediately before the application of primer and glazing sealants. Wipe metal surfaces with an appropriate cleaning agent.

6. Ensure neoprene spacers separate the glazing from attachment plates.

7. Set the glazing in a manner that produces the greatest possible degree of uniformity in appearance. Face all glazing, which has a dissimilar face, with matching faces in the same direction. Carefully remove all stickers and clean affected area.

C. Install sealant according to Division 07 Section “Joint Sealants” and according to sealant manufacturer's written instructions, to produce weatherproof joints. Install joint filler behind sealant as recommended by sealant manufacturer.

3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Erection Tolerances: Install steel framed, point-supported glazed curtain wall assemblies to comply with the following maximum tolerances:

1. Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet; 1/4 inch in 20 feet.

2. Level: 1/8 inch in 20 feet; 1/4 inch in 20 feet.

3. Alignment:

a. Where surfaces abut in line or are separated by reveal or protruding element up to 1/2 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/16 inch.

b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch.

c. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more, limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch.

Page 50: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

POLYCARBONATE CURTAIN WALL SYSTEM

08 44 26.16-8

4. Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/8 inch in 12 feet; 1/2 inch over total length.

3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Protect plastic glazing from contact with contaminating substances from construction operations. If, despite such protection, contaminating substances do come into contact with plastic glazing, remove immediately and wash plastic glazing according to plastic glazing manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Remove and replace plastic glazing that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in other ways during construction period, including natural causes, accidents, and vandalism.

C. Wash plastic glazing on both faces before date scheduled for inspections intended to establish date of Substantial Completion in each area of Project. Wash plastic glazing according to plastic glazing manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION

Page 51: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design EXTERIOR PAINTING

09 91 13-1

Section 09 91 13

EXTERIOR PAINTING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of paint systems.

B. Related Section includes Division 09 “High-Performance Coatings” for AESS surfaces.

C. Related Section includes Section 10 82 13 “Exterior Grilles and Screens”, paragraph 2.05 Steel Finishes, Sub-paragraph A. Powder Coated Finish.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate payment will be made for 09 91 13 EXTERIOR PAINTING. Include price for all EXTERIOR PAINTING in Bid Form line item 10 82 13 EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS. The price shall include all work and material required for EXTERIOR PAINTING as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

1. Include printout of current “MPI Approved Products List” for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted.

2. Indicate VOC content.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product.

C. Samples for Verification: For each type of paint system and each color and gloss of topcoat.

1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square.

Page 52: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design EXTERIOR PAINTING

09 91 13-2

2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system.

3. Label each coat of each Sample.

4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

D. Product List: Cross-reference to paint system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations.

1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Paint: 5 percent, but not less than 1 gal. of each material and color applied.

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each paint system indicated and each color and finish selected to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each paint system.

a. Vertical and Horizontal Surfaces: Provide samples of at least 100 sq. ft.

b. Other Items: Architect will designate items or areas required.

2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups.

a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.

3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing.

4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

Page 53: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design EXTERIOR PAINTING

09 91 13-3

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.

1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.08 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Apply paints only when temperature of surfaces to be painted and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.

B. Do not apply paints in snow, rain, fog, or mist; when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the following:

1. Benjamin Moore & Co.

2. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.

3. Sherwin-Williams Company (The).

2.02 PAINT, GENERAL

A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its “MPI Approved Products Lists.”

B. Material Compatibility:

1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

Page 54: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design EXTERIOR PAINTING

09 91 13-4

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Maximum Moisture Content of Substrates: When measured with an electronic moisture meter as follows:

1. Concrete (If applicable): 12 percent.

C. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers.

D. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in “MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual” and “MPI Maintenance Repainting Manual” applicable to substrates and paint systems indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of paints, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.

1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce paint systems indicated.

D. Concrete Substrates (If applicable): Remove release agents, curing compounds, efflorescence, and chalk. Do not paint surfaces if moisture content or alkalinity of surfaces to be painted exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's written instructions.

Page 55: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design EXTERIOR PAINTING

09 91 13-5

3.03 APPLICATION

A. Apply paints according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in “MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual.”

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for paint and substrate indicated.

2. Paint surfaces behind movable items same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, paint surfaces behind permanently fixed items with prime coat only.

3. Paint both sides and edges of exterior doors and entire exposed surface of exterior door frames.

B. If undercoats or other conditions show through topcoat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform paint finish, color, and appearance.

C. Apply paints to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, roller tracking, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Cut in sharp lines and color breaks.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test paint for dry film thickness.

1. Contractor shall touch up and restore painted surfaces damaged by testing.

2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied paint does not comply with paint manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with paint manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

B. After completing paint application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered paints by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from paint application. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and refinishing, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

Page 56: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design EXTERIOR PAINTING

09 91 13-6

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced painted surfaces.

3.06 EXTERIOR PAINTING SCHEDULE

A. Steel and Iron Substrates: Apply to steel substrates that are not designated as AESS.

1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI EXT 5.1B:

a. Prime Coat: Primer, zinc rich, inorganic, MPI #19.

b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching topcoat.

c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #163.

B. Galvanized-Metal Substrates:

1. Water-Based Light Industrial Coating System MPI EXT 5.3K:

a. Prime Coat: Primer, epoxy, anti-corrosive, MPI #101.

b. Intermediate Coat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, matching topcoat.

c. Topcoat: Light industrial coating, exterior, water based, semi-gloss (MPI Gloss Level 5), MPI #163.

END OF SECTION

Page 57: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS

09 96 00-1

Section 09 96 00

HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes surface preparation and the application of high-performance coating systems on the exterior steel substrates.

1. Division 05 “Architecturally Exposed Structural Steel Framing” for shop priming of structural steel with primers specified in this Section.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate payment will be made for 09 96 00 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS. Include price for all HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS in Bid Form line item 05 12 00 STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING. The price shall include all work and material required for HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 DEFINITIONS

A. MPI Gloss Level 5: 35 to 70 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

B. MPI Gloss Level 6: 70 to 85 units at 60 degrees, according to ASTM D 523.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product. Include preparation requirements and application instructions.

1. Include printout of current “MPI Approved Products List” for each product category specified, with the proposed product highlighted.

2. Indicate VOC content.

B. Samples for Initial Selection: For each type of topcoat product indicated.

C. Samples for Verification: For each type of coating system and each color and gloss of topcoat indicated.

1. Submit Samples on rigid backing, 8 inches square.

Page 58: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS

09 96 00-2

2. Apply coats on Samples in steps to show each coat required for system.

3. Label each coat of each Sample.

4. Label each Sample for location and application area.

D. Product List: Cross-reference to coating system and locations of application areas. Use same designations indicated on Drawings and in schedules. Include color designations.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Mockups: Apply mockups of each coating system indicated to verify preliminary selections made under Sample submittals and to demonstrate aesthetic effects and set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Architect will select one surface to represent surfaces and conditions for application of each coating system and will designate areas required.

2. Final approval of color selections will be based on mockups.

a. If preliminary color selections are not approved, apply additional mockups of additional colors selected by Architect at no added cost to Owner.

3. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing.

4. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in well-ventilated areas with ambient temperatures continuously maintained at not less than 45 deg F.

1. Maintain containers in clean condition, free of foreign materials and residue.

2. Remove rags and waste from storage areas daily.

1.07 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Apply coatings only when temperature of surfaces to be coated and ambient air temperatures are between 50 and 95 deg F.

Page 59: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS

09 96 00-3

B. Do not apply coatings when relative humidity exceeds 85 percent; at temperatures less than 5 deg F above the dew point; or to damp or wet surfaces.

C. Do not apply exterior coatings in snow, rain, fog, or mist.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis of Design: Design is based on the Sherwin-Williams products scheduled in the Exterior High-Performance Coating Schedule at the end of Part 3. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by the Architect by one of the following:

1. Benjamin Moore & Co.

2. Akzo Nobel Devoe Coatings.

3. PPG Architectural Finishes, Inc.

4. Tnemec Inc.

2.02 HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS, GENERAL

A. MPI Standards: Products shall comply with MPI standards indicated and shall be listed in its “MPI Approved Products Lists.”

B. Material Compatibility:

1. Materials for use within each paint system shall be compatible with one another and substrates indicated, under conditions of service and application as demonstrated by manufacturer, based on testing and field experience.

2. For each coat in a paint system, products shall be recommended in writing by topcoat manufacturers for use in paint system and on substrate indicated.

3. Products shall be of same manufacturer for each coat in a coating system.

C. Colors: As indicated in color schedule or if not indicated as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

Page 60: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS

09 96 00-4

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions, with Applicator present, for compliance with requirements for maximum moisture content and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Verify suitability of substrates, including surface conditions and compatibility, with existing finishes and primers.

C. Proceed with coating application only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

1. Application of coating indicates acceptance of surfaces and conditions.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in “MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual” applicable to substrates and coating systems indicated.

B. Remove hardware, covers, plates, and similar items already in place that are removable and are not to be painted. If removal is impractical or impossible because of size or weight of item, provide surface-applied protection before surface preparation and painting.

1. After completing painting operations, use workers skilled in the trades involved to reinstall items that were removed. Remove surface-applied protection if any.

C. Clean substrates of substances that could impair bond of coatings, including dust, dirt, oil, grease, and incompatible paints and encapsulants.

1. Remove incompatible primers and reprime substrate with compatible primers or apply tie coat as required to produce coating systems indicated.

D. Shop-Primed Steel Substrates: Clean field welds, bolted connections, and areas where shop paint is abraded. Paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop priming to comply with SSPC-PA 1 for touching up shop-primed surfaces.

Page 61: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS

09 96 00-5

3.03 APPLICATION

A. Apply high-performance coatings according to manufacturer's written instructions and recommendations in “MPI Architectural Painting Specification Manual.”

1. Use applicators and techniques suited for coating and substrate indicated.

2. Coat surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture same as similar exposed surfaces. Before final installation, coat surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat only.

3. Coat backsides of access panels, removable or hinged covers, and similar hinged items to match exposed surfaces.

4. Do not apply coatings over labels of independent testing agencies or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature plates.

B. If undercoats or other conditions show through final coat, apply additional coats until cured film has a uniform coating finish, color, and appearance.

C. Apply coatings to produce surface films without cloudiness, spotting, holidays, laps, brush marks, runs, sags, ropiness, or other surface imperfections. Produce sharp glass lines and color breaks.

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Dry Film Thickness Testing: Owner may engage the services of a qualified testing and inspecting agency to inspect and test coatings for dry film thickness.

1. Contractor shall touch up and restore coated surfaces damaged by testing.

2. If test results show that dry film thickness of applied coating does not comply with coating manufacturer's written recommendations, Contractor shall pay for testing and apply additional coats as needed to provide dry film thickness that complies with coating manufacturer's written recommendations.

3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. At end of each workday, remove rubbish, empty cans, rags, and other discarded materials from Project site.

Page 62: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATINGS

09 96 00-6

B. After completing coating application, clean spattered surfaces. Remove spattered coatings by washing, scraping, or other methods. Do not scratch or damage adjacent finished surfaces.

C. Protect work of other trades against damage from coating operation. Correct damage to work of other trades by cleaning, repairing, replacing, and recoating, as approved by Architect, and leave in an undamaged condition.

D. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or defaced coated surfaces.

3.06 EXTERIOR HIGH-PERFORMANCE COATING SCHEDULE

A. Architecturally Exposed Steel Substrates:

1. Pigmented Polyurethane over Inorganic Zinc-Rich Primer and High-Build Epoxy System MPI EXT 5.1L:

a. Prime Coat: Primer, zinc rich, inorganic, MPI #19.

1) Basis of Design: Sherwin-Williams Protective & Marine Zinc Clad XI.

b. Intermediate Coat: Epoxy, high build, low gloss, MPI #108.

1) Basis of Design: Sherwin-Williams Protective & Marine Macropoxy 646 Fast Cure Epoxy.

c. Topcoat: Polyurethane, two component, pigmented, gloss (MPI Gloss Level 6), MPI #72.

1) Basis of Design: Sherwin-Williams Protective & Marine Acrolon 218 HS.

END OF SECTION

Page 63: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF)

10 73 00-1

SECTION 10 73 00

PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF)

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 Summary

A. Section includes extruded aluminum protective covers.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Measurement and Payment shall be on a Lump Sum basis entered in the Bid Form in item 10 73 00 CANOPY ROOF. The work shall include but not be limited to 10 73 00 PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF), 07 62 00 SHEET METAL FLASHING AND TRIM, and 10 81 13 BIRD CONTROL DEVICES complete in place, as described in the plans and specifications

1.03 PREINSTALLATION MEETINGS

A. Preinstallation Conference: Conduct conference at Project site.

1.04 Action SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data.

B. Shop Drawings: Plans and elevations for protective covers.

1. Include layout, sizes, thicknesses, and types of aluminum decking; fabrication; provisions for drainage, and fastening and anchorage details, including mechanical fasteners.

C. Samples: For each type of finish and color selections.

D. Delegated-Design Submittal: For protective covers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1.05 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Warranties: Samples of special warranties.

Page 64: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF)

10 73 00-2

1.06 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance Data: For protective covers to include in maintenance manuals.

1.07 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A manufacturer capable of fabricating extruded aluminum protective covers meet or exceed specified performance requirements.

B. Installer Qualifications: Manufacturer of protective covers.

C. Product Options: Information on Drawings and in Specifications establishes requirements for aesthetic effects and performance characteristics of protective cover assemblies. Aesthetic effects are indicated by dimensions, arrangements, alignment, and profiles of components and assemblies as they relate to sightlines, to one another, and to adjoining construction.

1. Do not revise intended aesthetic effects, as judged solely by Architect, except with Architect's approval. If revisions are proposed, submit comprehensive explanatory data to Architect for review.

D. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.2/D1.2M, “Structural Welding Code - Aluminum.”

1.08 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of structural supports for protective covers by field measurements before fabrication and indicate measurements on Shop Drawings.

1.09 WARRANTY

A. Special Assembly Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair or replace components of extruded aluminum protective covers that do not comply with requirements or that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Structural failures including, but not limited to, excessive deflection.

b. Noise or vibration created by wind and thermal and structural movements.

c. Deterioration of metals and other materials beyond normal weathering.

Page 65: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF)

10 73 00-3

d. Water penetration through decking areas or drainage components.

2. Warranty Period: Five years from date of Substantial Completion.

B. Special Finish Warranty: Standard form in which manufacturer agrees to repair finishes or replace aluminum that shows evidence of deterioration of factory-applied finishes within specified warranty period.

1. Deterioration includes, but is not limited to, the following:

a. Color fading more than 5 Hunter units when tested according to ASTM D 2244.

b. Chalking in excess of a No. 8 rating when tested according to ASTM D 4214.

c. Cracking, checking, peeling, or failure of paint to adhere to bare metal.

2. Warranty Period: 20 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - M A T E R I A L S

2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. General Performance: Extruded aluminum protective covers shall comply with performance requirements without failure due to defective manufacture, fabrication, installation, or other defects in construction.

B. Delegated Design: Design extruded aluminum protective covers, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

C. Structural Performance: Extruded aluminum protective covers shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and the following loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated.

1. Dead and Live Loads: As required by local authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Wind Loads: Determine lateral loads and uplift loads according to ASCE/SEI 7 using wind speed criteria indicated on Structural Drawings.

2.02 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis of Design: Design is based on products manufactured by AVAdek. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by named

Page 66: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF)

10 73 00-4

manufacturer or comparable products approved by the Architect manufactured by one of the following:

1. Dittmer Architectural Aluminum.

2. East Texas Canopy, Inc.

3. Mapes Architectural Products

4. Mason Corporation

5. Superior Metal Products.

2.03 Materials

A. Aluminum: Alloy and temper recommended by manufacturer for type of use and finish indicated.

1. Extruded Bars, Rods, Profiles, and Tubes: ASTM B 221.

2. Extruded Structural Pipe and Tubes: ASTM B 429.

3. Welding Rods and Bare Electrodes: AWS A5.10/A5.10M.

2.04 COMPONENTS

A. Sizes indicated on Drawings for columns, beams, and deck are minimum. Use larger or heavier component sizes where required to meet performance requirements.

B. Decking: Manufacturer’s standard extruded decking with flush appearance when viewed from below in thickness as required for performance.

1. Basis of Design: AVADek Self-Mating Deck.

C. Fasteners and Accessories: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding fasteners and accessories compatible with adjacent materials.

1. Reinforce members as required to receive fastener threads.

2. Where exposed fasteners are required provide countersunk Phillips screw heads, finished to match framing system.

D. Concealed Flashing: Unless otherwise indicated, provide manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant, nonstaining, nonbleeding flashing compatible with adjacent materials.

Page 67: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF)

10 73 00-5

2.05 FABRICATION

A. Form or extruded aluminum shapes before finishing.

B. Weld in concealed locations to greatest extent possible to minimize distortion or discoloration of finish. Remove weld spatter and welding oxides from exposed surfaces by descaling or grinding.

C. Fabricate components that, when assembled, have the following characteristics:

1. Profiles that are sharp, straight, and free of defects or deformations.

2. Accurately fitted joints with ends coped or mitered.

3. Physical and thermal isolation of glazing from framing members.

4. Accommodations for thermal and mechanical movements of framing and decking.

5. Fasteners, anchors, and connection devices that are concealed from view to greatest extent possible.

6. Components curved to indicated radii.

7. Have an internal drainage system as indicated on Drawings.

8. Provide welded end closures at the deck terminations.

D. After fabrication, clearly mark components to identify their locations in Project according to Shop Drawings.

2.06 ALUMINUM FINISHES

A. High-Performance Organic Finish: Two-coat fluoropolymer finish complying with AAMA 2605 and containing not less than 70 percent PVDF resin by weight in color coat. Prepare, pretreat, and apply coating to exposed metal surfaces to comply with coating and resin manufacturers' written instructions.

1. Color and Gloss: As indicated by manufacturer's designations or if not indicated as selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

Page 68: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF)

10 73 00-6

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 PREPARATION

A. Erect protective covers after concrete and masonry work in vicinity is completed and cleaned.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. General:

1. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions and approved Shop Drawings.

2. Do not install damaged components.

3. Fit joints to produce hairline joints free of burrs and distortion.

4. Rigidly secure nonmovement joints.

5. Install anchors with separators and isolators to prevent metal corrosion and electrolytic deterioration and to prevent impeding movement of moving joints.

6. Seal joints watertight unless otherwise indicated.

B. Install flashing as required.

C. Metal Protection:

1. Where aluminum will contact dissimilar metals, protect against galvanic action by painting contact surfaces with primer or by applying sealant or tape or installing nonconductive spacers as recommended by manufacturer for this purpose.

2. Where aluminum will contact concrete or masonry, protect against corrosion by painting contact surfaces with bituminous paint.

Page 69: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PROTECTIVE COVERS (CANOPY ROOF)

10 73 00-7

D. Install components to drain water passing joints, condensation occurring within framing members, and moisture migrating within glazed aluminum curtain wall to exterior.

1. Install raincaps over draining sections of the deck.

2. Connect drainage components to downspouts.

3.04 ERECTION TOLERANCES

A. Erection Tolerances: Install protective covers to comply with the following maximum tolerances:

1. Plumb: 1/8 inch in 10 feet; 1/4 inch over total height.

2. Level: 1/4 inch in 20 feet; 1/2 inch in 40 feet.

3. Alignment:

a. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element from 1/2 to 1 inch wide, limit offset from true alignment to 1/8 inch.

b. Where surfaces are separated by reveal or protruding element of 1 inch wide or more, limit offset from true alignment to 1/4 inch.

4. Location: Limit variation from plane to 1/2 inch in 12 feet; 1 inch over total length.

3.05 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Remove temporary protective coverings and strippable films, if any, as framing and decking are installed, unless otherwise indicated in manufacturer's written installation instructions. On completion of installation, clean finished surfaces as recommended by manufacturer of components. Maintain in a clean condition during construction.

B. After installation, clear drainage channels of obstructions, dirt, and sealant.

C. Replace protective cover components that have been damaged or have deteriorated beyond successful repair by finish touchup or similar minor repair procedures.

END OF SECTION

Page 70: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 71: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design BIRD CONTROL DEVICES

10 81 13-1

Section 10 81 13

BIRD CONTROL DEVICES

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes stainless steel bird spikes to prevent birds from landing and roosting.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. No separate payment will be made for 10 81 13 BIRD CONTROL DEVICES. Include price for all BIRD CONTROL DEVICES in Bid Form line item 10 73 00 CANOPY ROOF. The price shall include all work and material required for BIRD CONTROL DEVICES as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

B. Samples: For each product specified, not less than 8 inches length.

1.04 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Furnish extra materials that match products installed and that are packaged with protective covering for storage and identified with labels describing contents.

1. Full-size units equal to 2 percent of quantity installed.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Mockups: Build mockups to set quality standards for materials and execution.

1. Build mockup of typical installation as directed by Architect.

2. Approval of mockups does not constitute approval of deviations from the Contract Documents contained in mockups unless Architect specifically approves such deviations in writing.

3. Subject to compliance with requirements, approved mockups may become part of the completed Work if undisturbed at time of Substantial Completion.

Page 72: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design BIRD CONTROL DEVICES

10 81 13-2

1.06 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair or replace products that fail in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Warranty Period: 10 years from date of Substantial Completion.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design: Design is based on Bird-B-Gone, Inc. Stainless Steel Bird Spikes. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect.

2.02 DESCRIPTION

A. Provide products with minimum 40 spikes per foot in linear array with “no gap” center spike and non-staggered design.

B. Length: Two ft. sections

C. Width of Coverage: As required for condition indicated.

D. Height: 4-3/4 inches

E. Base Strip: Flexible with capability to base can bend up to 360 deg. With stainless steel spikes securely anchored into base.

F. Spike Thickness: 1.1 mm diameter.

G. Number of Rows: As determined by the manufacturer and based on project conditions.

H. Mounting System: Post installed anchors.

2.03 MATERIALS

A. Base: UV stabilized polycarbonate. Heat and weather resistant, (plus 310 deg F to minus 200 deg F).

Page 73: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design BIRD CONTROL DEVICES

10 81 13-3

B. Stainless Steel Wire: ASTM A555, Type 316.

2.04 ACCESSORIES

A. Adhesives: Outdoor construction adhesive, is non-silicone based, and acceptable to the manufacturer.

B. Post-Installed Anchors: Fastener systems with an evaluation report acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction, based on ICC-ES AC193.

1. Material: Alloy Group 1 stainless-steel bolts, ASTM F 593, and nuts, ASTM F 594.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine substrates and conditions for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 Preparation

A. Clean surface to remove bird droppings, nesting materials, rust, peeling paint or other debris.

3.03 INSTALLATION

A. Install bird protection devices using stainless steel fasteners and adhesive installed continuously over the entire length.

1. Follow the contours and angles closely; cut or break away to fit properly.

2. Space materials in accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations.

3.04 PROTECTION

A. Remove and replace bird control devices that are damaged before Substantial Completion.

END OF SECTION

Page 74: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 75: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-1

SECTION 10 82 13

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes metal framed woven wire screens.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Measurement and Payment shall be on a Lump Sum basis entered in the Bid Form in item 10 82 13 EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS. The work shall include but not be limited to EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS, METAL FABRICATIONS, and EXTERIOR PAINTING complete in place, as described in the plans and specifications.

1.03 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of anchorages for metal screens.

B. Schedule installation so wall attachments are made only to completed walls. Do not support railings temporarily by any means that do not satisfy structural performance requirements.

1.04 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For the following:

1. Manufacturer's product lines of woven wire mesh.

B. Shop Drawings: Include plans, elevations, sections, details, and attachments to other work.

C. Samples: For each type of exposed woven wire mesh.

1. Assembled Sample of screen panel made from full-size components, including framing and infill. Sample need not be full height.

Page 76: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-2

1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Protect mechanical finishes on exposed surfaces from damage by applying a strippable, temporary protective covering before shipping.

1.06 FIELD CONDITIONS

A. Field Measurements: Verify actual locations of walls and other construction contiguous with metal fabrications by field measurements before fabrication.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 METALS, GENERAL

A. Metal Surfaces, General: Provide materials with smooth surfaces, without seam marks, roller marks, rolled trade names, stains, discolorations, or blemishes.

B. Brackets, Flanges, and Anchors: Cast or formed metal of same type of material and finish as supported rails unless otherwise indicated.

2.02 STEEL

A. Steel Plates, Shapes, and Bars: ASTM A 36/A 36M.

B. Woven-Wire Mesh: Intermediate-crimp, square pattern, 1-inch woven-wire mesh, made from 0.12-inch-diameter galvanized steel wire complying with ASTM A 510.

1. Basis of Design: Design is based on McNichols Co. Square Intercrimp Weave. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect.

2.03 FASTENERS

A. General: Provide Type 304 or Type 316 stainless-steel fasteners.

B. Fasteners for Anchoring screens to Other Construction: Select fasteners of type, grade, and class required to produce connections suitable for anchoring railings to other types of construction indicated.

Page 77: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-3

2.04 FABRICATION

A. General: Fabricate screens to comply with requirements indicated for design, dimensions, member sizes and spacing, details, finish, and anchorage.

B. Shop assemble screens to greatest extent possible to minimize field splicing and assembly. Disassemble units only as necessary for shipping and handling limitations. Clearly mark units for reassembly and coordinated installation. Use connections that maintain structural value of joined pieces.

C. Cut, drill, and punch metals cleanly and accurately. Remove burrs and ease edges to a radius of approximately 1/32 inch unless otherwise indicated. Remove sharp or rough areas on exposed surfaces.

D. Form work true to line and level with accurate angles and surfaces.

E. Fabricate connections that are exposed to weather in a manner that excludes water. Provide weep holes where water may accumulate.

F. Cut, reinforce, drill, and tap as indicated to receive finish hardware, screws, and similar items.

G. Brackets, Flanges, Fittings, and Anchors: Provide wall brackets, flanges, miscellaneous fittings, and anchors to anchor screens to other work as indicated.

2.05 FINISHES, GENERAL

A. Comply with NAAMM's “Metal Finishes Manual for Architectural and Metal Products” for recommendations for applying and designating finishes.

2.06 STEEL FINISHES

A. Powder-Coat Finish: Prepare, treat, and coat galvanized metal to comply with resin manufacturer's written instructions and as follows:

1. Prepare galvanized metal by thoroughly removing grease, dirt, oil, flux, and other foreign matter.

2. Treat prepared metal with zinc-phosphate pretreatment, rinse, and seal surfaces.

3. Apply thermosetting polyester or acrylic urethane powder coating with cured-film thickness not less than 1.5 mils.

Page 78: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-4

4. Color: As selected by Architect from manufacturer's full range.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 INSTALLATION, GENERAL

A. Fit exposed connections together to form tight, hairline joints.

B. Perform cutting, drilling, and fitting required for installing screens. Set screens accurately in location, alignment, and elevation; measured from established lines and levels and free of rack.

1. Do not weld, cut, or abrade surfaces of railing components that are coated or finished after fabrication and that are intended for field connection by mechanical or other means without further cutting or fitting.

2. Set screens plumb within a tolerance of 1/16 inch in 3 feet.

C. Control of Corrosion: Prevent galvanic action and other forms of corrosion by insulating metals and other materials from direct contact with incompatible materials.

1. Coat, with a heavy coat of bituminous paint, concealed surfaces of aluminum that are in contact with grout, concrete, masonry, wood, or dissimilar metals.

D. Adjust screens before anchoring to ensure matching alignment at abutting joints.

E. Fastening to In-Place Construction: Use anchorage devices and fasteners where necessary for securing railings and for properly transferring loads to in-place construction.

3.02 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING

A. Clean aluminum and stainless steel by washing thoroughly with clean water and soap and rinsing with clean water.

B. Touchup Painting: Immediately after erection, clean field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint, and paint exposed areas with the same material as used for shop painting to comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up shop-painted surfaces.

1. Apply by brush or spray to provide a minimum 2.0-mil dry film thickness.

Page 79: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-5

3.03 PROTECTION

A. Protect finishes of screens from damage during construction period with temporary protective coverings approved by screen manufacturer. Remove protective coverings at time of Substantial Completion.

B. Restore finishes damaged during installation and construction period so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop; make required alterations and refinish entire unit, or provide new units.

Page 80: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-6

Page 81: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-7

Page 82: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-8

Page 83: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design

EXTERIOR GRILLES AND SCREENS

10 82 13-9

The details on pages 10 82 13-5,6,7,8 supersede the details on Sheet A120.

END OF SECTION

Page 84: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 85: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-1

Section 14 31 00

ESCALATORS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes heavy duty escalator system.

B. Related Sections include:

1. Division 03 “Cast-in-Place Concrete” for setting sleeves, inserts, and anchoring devices in concrete.

2. Division 05 “Structural Steel Framing” for attachment plates, angle brackets, and other preparation of structural steel to support escalator trusses.

1.02 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Measurement and Payment shall be on a Lump Sum basis entered in the Bid Form in item 14 31 00 PROVIDE AND INSTALL (TWO) COMPLETE 32” WIDE ESCALATORS. The work shall include but not be limited to 14 31 00 PROVIDE AND INSTALL (TWO) COMPLETE 32” WIDE ESCALATORS complete in place, as described in the plans and specifications

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: Include capacities, sizes, performances, safety features, finishes, and similar information.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and details indicating coordination with building structure and relationships with other construction.

2. Include wiring diagrams detailing locations and wiring for power, signal and control systems.

3. Indicate maximum loads imposed on building structure at points of support, and power requirements.

4. Indicate access and ventilation for escalator machine space.

C. Samples for Initial Selection: For exposed materials involving color selection.

Page 86: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-2

D. Samples for Verification: For exposed escalator finishes, 3-inch-square Samples of sheet materials, and 4-inch lengths of running trim members.

E. Delegated-Design Submittal: For escalators.

1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Qualification Data: For Installer and manufacturer.

B. Manufacturer Certificates: Signed by manufacturer certifying that escalator layout and dimensions, as shown on Drawings, and electrical service, as shown and specified, are adequate for escalator system being provided.

C. Field quality control reports.

D. Sample Warranty: For special warranty.

1.05 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For escalators to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1. Submit maintenance and repair manuals, hardbound and indexed, in a minimum of four volumes as follows;

a. Wiring Diagram Manual with page size of 11 inches by 17 inches.

b. Maintenance and Renewal Parts Catalog with page size of 8-1/2 inches by 11 inches.

c. Six sets of publications shall be supplied under this contract.

2. Manuals shall include the following data:

B. Manuals: Prior to installation, escalator contractor shall submit two (2) complete sets of Installation, Operation and Maintenance manuals in CD/electronic version only for approval. After customer approval and prior to the beginning of acceptance testing, four (4) copies of approved manuals shall be provided by the escalator contractor in CD/electronic version only. The manuals shall include the following:

1. Complete table of contents.

2. Complete instructions regarding operation and maintenance of equipment, including disassembly and assembly of drive system, handrail drive assembly, and track system. Included will be complete illustrated, exploded

Page 87: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-3

views of various assemblies, and a complete, illustrated, exploded view for identifying various parts.

3. Complete nomenclature of replaceable parts, with part numbers.

4. Sample copies of proposed preventative maintenance methods.

5. Descriptions of safety devices.

6. Safety rules, description of common tests and procedures.

7. Procedures for adjusting brake, handrail tension, handrail chain drive tension, step chain tension, track system, and mechanical components, including pictorials.

8. Instructions for removing floor plate, replacing comb segments, and removing and installing steps, and interior panels.

9. Troubleshooting techniques.

10. Detailed lubrication and cleaning schedule indicating weekly, monthly, quarterly, semiannual, and annual lubrication; and a description of each lubrication point, lubrication type, and specification.

11. Control and schematic electrical wiring diagrams of controller, including wiring of safety devices to connections with remote indication and control panels for each escalator and group of escalators.

12. Electrical layout showing placement of lighting, light switches, receptacles, light fixtures, disconnect switches, and convenience outlets in machinery room, truss envelope, and pits.

13. Complete detailed drawings and wiring diagram of escalator fault finding device and connection to diagnostic display panel.

C. Inspection and Acceptance Certificates and Operating Permits: As required by authorities having jurisdiction for normal, unrestricted escalator use.

D. Continuing Maintenance Proposal: Submit a continuing maintenance proposal from Installer to Owner, in the form of a standard three-year maintenance agreement, starting on date initial maintenance service is concluded. State services, obligations, conditions, and terms for agreement period and for future renewal options.

Page 88: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-4

1.06 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Manufacturer Qualifications: A company with a minimum of 10 years of documented successful experience manufacturing escalators of the type required.

B. Installer Qualifications: Escalator manufacturer or an authorized representative who is trained and approved by manufacturer.

1.07 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING

A. Deliver, store, and handle materials, components, and equipment in manufacturer's protective packaging. Store materials, components, and equipment off of ground, under cover, and in a dry location.

1.08 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate installation of sleeves, block outs, escalator equipment with integral anchors, and other items that are embedded in concrete or masonry for escalator equipment. Furnish templates, sleeves, escalator equipment with integral anchors, and installation instructions and deliver to Project site in time for installation.

B. Coordinate locations and dimensions of other work relating to escalators including sumps and floor drains in pits; electrical service; and electrical outlets, lights, and switches in pits.

1.09 WARRANTY

A. Manufacturer's Special Warranty: Manufacturer agrees to repair, restore, or replace escalator work that fails in materials or workmanship within specified warranty period.

1. Failures include, but are not limited to, operation or control system failure, including excessive malfunctions; performances below specified ratings; excessive wear; unusual deterioration or aging of materials or finishes; unsafe conditions; the need for excessive maintenance; abnormal noise or vibration; and similar unusual, unexpected, and unsatisfactory conditions.

2. Warranty Period: Three years from date of Substantial Completion.

1.10 MAINTENANCE TOOLS

A. Provide diagnostic tools, manuals, terminals and devices with total and complete written instructions and adjustment information for performing troubleshooting, system adjustments and special or emergency functions

Page 89: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-5

required by Code. All service tools, terminals and devices shall become the property of the Owner and will be of the non-destructive type. Provide two (2) sets of tools.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis of Design: Design is based on KONE E3X Transit Escalator. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide named product or comparable product approved by Architect.

B. Source Limitations: Obtain escalators from single manufacturer.

2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Regulatory Requirements: Comply with ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

B. Braking Performance: Provide brakes that stop escalator in up-running mode at a rate no greater than 3 ft./s2.

C. Escalator shall have the capability of operating at full load under normal modes of operation with mean time between operational (non-structural) failures (MTBF) of 3500 hours.

1. Operational failures excluding such items as vandalism, safety switches of building failures shall not result in structural failure of a step or any other component with any potential for bodily injury to the user.

D. Delegated Design: Engage a qualified professional engineer, licensed as a Professional Engineer to practice in the State of Texas to design escalators.

E. Structural and Mechanical Performance for High-Traffic Escalators: For the purposes of structural design, driving machine and power transmission calculations, and brake calculations, design high-traffic escalators for loads not less than two times the design loads required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44.

F. Structural Performance of Balustrades, Deck Barricades, and Handrails: Provide components and assemblies capable of withstanding the effects of loads indicated in ASCE/SEI 7 for handrail assemblies and guardrail systems.

2.03 ESCALATORS

A. Escalators, General: Manufacturer's standard heavy-duty escalators complying with requirements. Unless otherwise indicated, manufacturer's standard

Page 90: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-6

components shall be used, as included in standard escalator systems and as required for complete system.

B. Escalators shall comply with the following requirements:

1. Vertical Rise: 35’ ft.; (field Verify before fabrication)

2. Inclination: 30 Degrees

3. Nominal Step Width: 800mm (32”)

4. Speed: Not to exceed 0.5m/s (100 fpm)

5. Flat Steps: Three (3)

6. Maintenance Speed: As specified

7. Upper track radius: 2.7

8. Lower track radius: 2.0

9. Static Brake Load: The minimum accumulation for the total number of exposed steps on the incline.

a. 800mm/32” Step: 245 kg/540 lbs. per step

10. Dynamic Brake Load: Minimum peak average load running in down direction on exposed steps on the incline:

a. 800mm/32” Step: 116 kg/256 lbs. per step

11. Motor Duty: Continuous operations with a minimum average peak step load as follows:

a. 800mm/32” Step: 116 kg/256 lbs. per step

12. Step Chain Loads: Based on the peak average step loads as follows:

a. 800mm/32” step: 116 kg/256 lbs. per step

C. Controls and safety devices

1. Operating controls:

a. Escalators shall have key operated switches, accessible at both upper and lower landings, located on the exterior deck above the newel base. Alternate locations may be used subject to approval by the Authority.

Page 91: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-7

b. Each keyed switch shall be clearly and permanently labeled, including starting and direction selection.

c. Interlocks shall be provided to bring the escalator to a smooth stop, in either direction of travel, before a change of direction may be made.

2. Safety Devices:

a. Safety devices shall be included, but not limited to, that which is required by ASME A17.1.

b. A lockable stop switch or disconnect shall be provided in the lower and upper pits of escalators.

D. Balustrades, skirt panels, and decking

1. Balustrades and skirt panels:

a. Skirt Panels shall be a minimum 3mm (0.118”) thick and Inner Panels shall be a minimum 2mm 0(.079”) thick, type 316 stainless steel with no backing. Stiffeners, brackets, attachment angles and other concealed ferrous metal framework shall be galvanized or constructed of equivalent corrosion resistant materials.

b. Panels shall be constructed, when practical, in equal lengths for interchangeability.

c. Panels shall be attached to permit easy removal for inspection, lubrication, and adjustment of safety devices.

d. Panels shall be sized so that not more than two (2) persons shall be required to remove a panel, and without the aid of special handling equipment.

e. Exposed panel fastener requirements (where used): panels shall be fastened to their respective supports or mating portions with tamper-proof, flathead machine screws.

f. When framework to which panels are fastened is less than 0.25-inch thick, steel backup plates with a minimum 0.25-inch thickness shall be added which have tapped holes or clearance holes where necessary.

2. Decking shall be stainless steel, identical to balustrade, with minimum of 0.079-inch thickness.

Page 92: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-8

3. Decking between escalators shall be designed to support a live load of 80 kg (175 lbs/sq. ft.) without permanent deformation.

4. Paneling, decking, and other enclosures shall be supported on steel framework.

E. Electrical Equipment

1. Motors: The driving motors shall be AC induction motors with starters. Voltage 460 V.A.C. nominal (standard), 3 phase, Frequency 60 Hertz.

a. The motors shall be totally enclosed with external cooling fins.

b. The motor protection class shall be equivalent to IP 55, insulation group F.

c. Driving motors and motor switchgear shall be designed in such a way so as to provide a smooth start.

d. The motor shall be designed for operation under the specified duty cycle and loads as follows:

1) 800mm/32” wide step: 116 kg/256 lbs. per step

2. Controller

a. The main controller shall use an Allen-Bradley Programmable Logic Controller (PLC) to control and monitor the status of the escalator. The escalator control equipment shall contain diagnostic capabilities as required for the ease of complete maintenance. The diagnostic system shall be an integral part of the controller and provide user-friendly interaction between the service person and the controls. All such systems shall be free from decaying circuits that must be periodically reprogrammed by the manufacturer.

b. Switch gear shall be mounted in NEMA 4X cabinets with strip heaters and labeled terminal strips.

c. The main control switchgear of an escalator shall contain at least the following devices:

1) Lockable main switch thermal and magnetic motor protection starter for up and down travel, hour counter, auxiliary contactors, phase failure device, phase sequence monitor, and ground fault monitor.

Page 93: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-9

d. The controller cabinet shall furthermore contain a permanently mounted interactive human machine interface (HMI) device.

e. The indication shall be locked automatically. Manual reset type faults shall be acknowledged and reset individually. The emergency stop shall not be locked.

f. All terminals shall have identification markings and all cables shall be provided with cable markers.

g. The controller shall be provided with a means of starting motors smoothly and gradually, reducing inrush current and mechanical shock upon start up. Adjustable settings for accelerating time and starting torque shall be provided. The starter shall also contain auxiliary contacts and a thermal overload relay for motor protection. Two devices shall be provided to remove power from the driving machine motor. At least one device shall be an electromechanical contactor.

h. Maintenance Receptacles: Electric power receptacles shall be furnished and installed in the upper and lower pits. Each receptacle shall be of the GFCI duplex type, waterproof, grounded, and rated for one hundred twenty (120) volts at twenty (20) amperes. The receptacles in the pits shall be surface mounted on the walls.

2.04 MATERIALS

A. Stainless Steel

1. Shapes and bars: ASTM A276, type 304 or 316.

2. Plate, sheet, or strip.

a. Over 3mm/0.118”: ASTM A240, type 304 on ASTM A36 base.

b. Under 3mm/0.118”: ASTM A240, type 304.

B. Fasteners: Fasteners shall be of equal or greater corrosion resistance to metal being fastened. Fasteners shall be furnished with self locking nuts or retaining rings (spring washers, toothed disks). No aluminum fasteners are permitted.

2.05 FINISHES

A. Stainless Steel: No. 4 finish, ASTM A480.

B. Aluminum Castings and Extrusions: Commercial mill finish.

Page 94: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-10

C. Galvanizing

1. Sheet Steel: ASTM A446, or A526m as applicable. Coating designation G185.

2. Other galvanizing: ASTM A123, ASTM A153, ASTM A385, or ASTM A386, as applicable.

D. Galvanizing Touch Up: Zinc dust coating, MIL-P-21035 or MIL-P-26915.

E. Paint and Corrosion Protection: Each escalator shall have the following minimum corrosion protection.

1. After welding, the truss shall be hot dipped galvanized with a coating in accordance with ASTM A90.

2. Cast metal parts such as gear housings, chain sprockets and return station half circles, shall be painted with a rust inhibitive primer coat after preparation by sandblasting.

3. Steel parts which are not specified to be galvanized shall be painted as follows:

a. First finish coat: two (2) mil (dry film thickness), minimum thickness.

b. Second finish coat: two (2) mil (dry film thickness), minimum thickness.

4. Bright or uncoated axles, shafts, etc. shall be protected by zinc chromate or chrome plating.

5. Screws, nuts, washers and lock washers shall be galvanized or zinc plated.

6. Oil collector chutes and collection trays shall be fabricated of galvanized steel.

2.06 MECHANICAL EQUIPMENT

A. Tracks

1. Design and fabrication of tracks shall retain steps and running gear safely under load requirements and at the highest design speeds specified.

2. Contractor shall assemble and secure sections. The system shall be adjustable, and welding of the tracks is not acceptable.

Page 95: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-11

3. Design of the mechanical components shall provide for easy installation and removal without the dismantling of parts of the structure.

4. Tracks shall be properly supported on trusses to provide correct alignment and smooth transition to return stations. The rolling surface of the track shall be a minimum thickness of 3mm/.018”.

5. The guiding system for the step chains and step wheels shall be of zinc plated or galvanized steel profiles with smooth and even running surfaces, and with the joints cut diagonally to the running direction. The profiles shall not be welded together at the joints.

6. A second, continuous guiding profile shall be provided above the step chain rollers so that the step chains are positively guided in the area of the escalator open to passengers.

B. Steps

1. The step to skirt gap shall comply with the requirements of ASME A17.1 2010, regardless of any previous version of ASME A17.1 in effect.

2. The entire step assembly shall be unpainted natural aluminum finish or treated with not less than one (1) coat of zinc chromate primer and one (1) coat of powder coated enamel for corrosion resistance.

3. Steps and their various attachments shall permit removal of steps without disturbing balustrades.

4. The design shall permit the running of the drive with one in six steps installed for convenience in cleaning and inspection.

5. Step rollers shall have polyurethane tires on hubs, sealed roller bearings, and a diameter of no less than 100mm (4”). Step rollers shall not require any additional lubrication and must be rated for severe, heavy-duty service.

6. Steps shall be constructed so as to be driven by step linkages to step or step rollers.

7. Contractor shall provide washers and nuts as follows:

a. Tap bolts: Lock washers.

b. Through bolts: Lock nuts or Customer approved equal.

8. Rated Loads:

Page 96: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-12

a. In addition to the minimum requirements given in the Codes, Contractor shall design the steps for a minimum breaking load of 116 kg/256 lbs. per 800mm/32” step with a safety factor of eight (8).

b. The steps shall carry the load under maximum concentric and eccentric loading conditions without distortion.

C. Step Chain

1. Chain shall be endless, roller type step chains; one (1) on each side of step.

2. Step chains shall be of heat treated steel construction, supported at intervals by linkage wheels.

3. A means to prevent steps from coming into physical contact with each other and to prevent chains from sagging or buckling shall be provided.

4. A means to maintain constant distance between step axles shall be provided.

5. An automatic tensioning device to maintain tension under load and to compensate for wear shall be provided. The device shall be located within the truss at the lower end.

6. A means for individual fine adjustment of tension for each side shall be provided.

7. Step chains shall be constructed to permit removal of segments as may be required for replacement purposes at a minimum of every six (6) axle sections. Each escalator shall have at least two one axle sections.

8. Support wheels spaced to distribute load and to guide linkage throughout run shall be provided. Rollers shall be constructed of polyurethane material, with diameter sufficient to provide reliability, maintainability, smoothness of motion, and to operate within noise level requirements specified. The chain rollers shall have polyurethane tires on metallic hubs, sealed bearings, a diameter of not less than 100mm (4”), must require no additional lubrication, and be mounted outside the chain link.

9. Wheels shall be affixed to permit rapid replacement.

10. Each pair of step chains shall be a matched set within manufacturing tolerances. Only precision, roller fishplate chains of high grade heat treated steel shall be used as step chains. The pins, axles, bushing, and rollers shall be hardened and ground.

Page 97: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-13

11. Step chain and chain pins shall have a minimal diameter of at least 16mm (0.625”). In addition, the diameter will be of a size so that the surface pressure at engaging points will not exceed 30 N/sq. mm (3450 lbs/sq. inch). This is to be based on the peak average step loads as follows:

a. 800mm/32-inch step: 116 kg/256 lbs.

12. Safety Factor: 6.

13. A shielding device to protect chain, track guides, and rollers against water, dirt, and debris.

D. Combplate Assemblies

1. Combplate assemblies of wear resisting, non-corrosive metal material, with exposed anti slip surfaces shall be fabricated.

2. Combplate segments meeting the following requirements shall be provided.

a. Shall be removable to permit ease of replacement.

b. Shall be yellow in color for safety/demarcation.

c. Shall have not less than three (3), nor more than seven (7), combplate segments per combplate Assembly.

d. Provisions for lateral and vertical fine adjustments shall be provided so that cleats of step treads pass between combteeth with minimum clearances.

e. Combteeth meeting the following requirements shall be provided.

1) Teeth shall be designed so as to withstand a load of 114 kg/250 lbs. applied in an upward direction at the tip of any one (1) tooth.

E. Floor Plates

1. Shall have stainless steel frames at floor openings, designed to be supported on truss heads.

2. Shall be designed to cover entire area of upper and lower landings as indicated.

3. Shall be reinforced, as necessary, to be rigid and able to withstand a live load of 114 kg/250 lbs per sq. ft., with no permanent deformation.

Page 98: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-14

4. Shall be extruded of die cast aluminum in a ribbed pattern transverse to the escalator axis. Ribs shall be designed to provide maximum traction, and will be finished in the same manner as the combplates.

5. Shall have exposed portions constructed of material and finish to harmonize with steps and combplates.

F. Drive Machinery

1. Motor and drive mechanism shall be mounted within the truss envelope and inside the step band at the upper end. The machine/drive shall be directly coupled to the escalator step band main shaft through gears (chain connections are not acceptable). Shafts shall be designed for ease of assembly or disassembly.

2. Carriage Requirements:

a. Carriages shall have a spring operated device provided to aid in tension and mechanical adjustment.

b. Carriages shall have a scale and pointer provided on accessible section of carriage frame to indicate movement and amount of adjustment available. Position scale and pointer to indicate zero (0) for initial position of carriage, prior to placing in service.

3. Gear Box Requirements:

a. Three (3) stage planetary gear type shall be provided.

b. Gear bearings shall be housed in an oil tight, dust proof case provided with a sight glass or dipstick method of determining oil level in the case. The case shall provide a convenient method for draining the oil.

c. Lubricant shall be synthetic, subject to Customer approval.

d. The assembly shall have no openings in order to minimize accumulation of dust and debris.

e. Rotating parts shall be provided with a means for lubrication and retention of lubricants.

f. Sealed bearings shall be used in those environmental conditions where entry of water or dust may adversely affect bearing performance.

g. Exposed, moving drive elements shall be protected by sealed metal housings, which shall provide continuous lubrication to components.

Page 99: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-15

h. A low oil level sensor shall be provided to prohibit starting of the escalator during automatic operation with low oil in the gear case.

G. Drip Pans

1. Galvanized, welded to the truss, water tight drip pans for the entire length and width of trusses shall be provided. They shall also be sloped for proper drainage and collection of spent lubricants as well as any moisture or water which may enter the escalator.

2. Drip pans of sufficient size to collect and maintain, within truss areas, oil and grease drippings from step linkage and all forms of loose debris that may be deposited in drip pans from steps at turn around points at upper and lower portions of truss shall be provided. This system shall be separate from the water drain in order to prevent the discharge of spent lubricants into sewer system.

3. Access to drip pans at lower landings of escalators for the purpose of cleaning drain catch basins shall be provided.

H. Handrails

1. Handrails shall receive their motion from main escalator drive through direct gearing and drive shaft, or chain driven from the main shaft, so that handrail and steps operate at the same speed in each direction of travel.

2. A means to take up handrail slack using a tensioning device, where required, shall be located within escalators. In addition, an approved method of releasing the device for repair or removal of handrails shall be provided.

3. Newels meeting the following requirements shall be provided.

a. Newels shall be designed and constructed so that handrail shall return into newel end at a point inconspicuous and difficult for passengers to reach.

b. Newel sheaves shall be provided at upper and lower newels.

c. Handrails, handrail drive system, and guides shall be so designed and installed that handrail cannot be thrown off or disengaged while running. Special design attention shall be given to the area where handrails pass from drive system to guides.

Page 100: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-16

d. Handrail rollers shall have sealed bearings that have provision for retention of lubricant to ensure satisfactory lubrication and operation. Additional lubrication shall not be required.

e. Friction drive sheaves and idlers shall be designed and positioned so that lubricant cannot reach surface of handrail.

f. Handrails shall be constructed of laminated, steel, wire mesh, or steel cable reinforced, flexible elastomer material vulcanized into an integral, seamless, smooth handrail resistant to environmental conditions. A “V” shaped underside design shall be used, providing a more positive drive.

g. Handrail color shall be black. Round white markers inlaid into the handrail material shall be provided.

h. Handrail guides shall be continuous on exposed portion of handrails and constructed of stainless steel.

I. Brakes

1. Motor Brake

a. Brake shall be capable of stopping and holding a descending escalator with a peak average load on the exposed steps in the incline area of:

1) 800mm/32” Wide Step: 116 kg/256 lbs. per step

b. The brake coil shall be insulated to class F. A monitor shall be provided, and if brake wear becomes insufficient for safe usage, restart of escalator shall be prevented.

2. Step Band Lock

a. Shall be manually applied and mechanically engaged to prevent movement of linkages, while escalator is disconnected from its power supply.

b. Electrical interlock shall be provided to prevent escalator drive motors from starting while step band lock is engaged.

J. Trusses

1. General

a. The truss shall be designed to support the dead weight of the escalator (full static load).

Page 101: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-17

b. The additional deflection of the loaded truss with application of live load shall not exceed one-thousandth (1/1000) of the span.

c. The slip joint slide bearings shall be fabricated using glass filled TFE bearing surface or 316 stainless steel, one sliding on the other.

2. Field Splices, Connections, and Shims

a. Field splices shall be rigid, non-deforming, and maintain alignment.

b. Shims shall be galvanized steel with a maximum height of 51mm (2”).

K. Step Chain Tensioning Device

1. The step chain tensioning device shall be of a design that keeps the step chains at the correct tension.

2. A pointer and scale shall be provided to gauge step chain tensioning and wear.

3. Bearings, where used, shall be rated AFBMA L10, 200,000 hours.

4. The tensioning device shall consist of two (2) chain sprockets for step chain return, and shall be fitted on a common shaft by means of roller bearings.

5. The tensioning shaft shall be tensioned by compression springs at both sides.

L. Lubrication System Requirements

1. Step Chain

a. All parts, other than sealed items, requiring lubrication shall be designed for an automatic or remote lubricating system. The system shall operate only when the escalator is running. The rate of lubrication shall be adjustable via the controller HMI. A reservoir with a low oil level signal to the controller, and a minimum capacity of 9.5 liters/2.5 gallons shall be provided.

b. System shall be positive acting and located in the escalator pit.

c. Reservoir level indications shall be provided where lubricants are contained within housings, supply tanks and larger filler cups.

d. Electric heaters can be installed and connected to the panel to maintain lubricant viscosity.

Page 102: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-18

2. Miscellaneous Lubrication

a. Bearings

1) Sealed bearings shall be used where possible.

2) Bearings requiring manual lubrication shall be furnished with fittings to accommodate the use of a pressure gun for lubrication.

3) Self lubricating bearings or material other than ball or roller type bearings may be used where practical.

3. Manual Lubrication: Location of manual lubrication points shall be easily accessible and available.

M. Indicators

1. Escalator users shall be informed by means of indicator lights identifying the pre-determined running direction of the escalator.

2. Two (2) circular cut outs, 70 mm/2.75” minimum diameter in upper and lower balustrade newel or inner deck, each containing an inset red and green light, shall be provided. The green light will be illuminated at the entrance for escalator running direction and the red light will be illuminated at the exiting end.

N. Maintenance Drive Unit

1. Reduced speed maintenance operation controlled by a manual handset shall be provided. When operated, the escalator shall run in the direction selected, at a speed of not more than 25 percent of rated speed. This speed shall be maintained when steps are removed for servicing. The running shall be continuous so long as an “up” or “down” button on the handset is being pressed. The handset shall have a 3 m/10-ft (minimum) retractile type cord with a plug connector. When plugged into a receptacle, there shall be no means of operating or running the escalator except by the service handset. Receptacles shall be located in both the upper and lower pits.

O. Room Storage Cabinet

1. A metal cabinet shall be provided of not less than 0.55 cubic meter/20 cubic feet in volume 1320mm high X 910mm wide X 460mm deep (52” X 36” X 18”) in a room assigned by the Customer.

Page 103: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-19

2. Cabinet shall have lockable doors, mounted on legs or a pedestal, and be a minimum of 100mm/4” off the floor.

3. Cabinet shall be painted and marked for control purposes, as directed by the Customer, and escalator contractor shall store small parts, supplies, tools, and other materials within.

P. Demarcation Lights

1. Each unit shall have two (2) LED fixtures, green in color, and UL labeled “suitable for wet locations”.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Examine escalator areas, with Installer present, for compliance with requirements for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of the Work.

B. Examine supporting structure, machine spaces, and pits; verify critical dimensions; and examine conditions under which escalators are to be installed.

C. Examine supply of electric feeder wires to the terminals of the control panel, including fused main line switch or circuit breaker.

D. Prepare written report, endorsed by Installer, listing conditions detrimental to performance of the Work.

E. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.

3.02 INSTALLATION

A. Comply with manufacturer's written instructions.

B. Set escalators true to line and level, properly supported, and anchored to building structure. Use established benchmarks, lines, and levels to ensure dimensional coordination of the Work.

C. Adjust installed components for smooth, efficient operation, complying with required tolerances and free of hazardous conditions. Lubricate operating parts, including bearings, tracks, chains, guides, and hardware. Test operating devices, equipment, signals, controls, and safety devices. Install oil drip pans and verify that no oil drips outside of pans.

Page 104: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-20

D. Repair damaged finishes so no evidence remains of correction work. Return items that cannot be refinished in the field to the shop, make required repairs and refinish entire unit, or provide new units as required.

3.03 TEMPORARY USE OF ESCALATORS

A. Do not use escalators for construction purposes or during the period prior to Substantial Completion, except with written authorization from Owner. If Owner authorizes temporary use of escalators, the following conditions shall apply:

1. Contractor shall provide a "temporary acceptance form" for Owner to sign.

2. Neither the new installation period nor the warrantee shall start without Owner's written approval.

3. Contractor shall provide all temporary protection of escalators installed.

4. Contractor shall return escalators in the condition which existed when Owner approved the “temporary use.”

3.04 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Acceptance Testing: On completion of escalator installation and before permitting escalator use, perform acceptance tests as required and recommended by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 and by authorities having jurisdiction.

1. For escalators specified to comply with requirements more stringent than those of ASME A17.1/CSA B44, perform tests for compliance with specified requirements. Test safety devices that are not required by ASME A17.1/CSA B44 as well as those that are.

B. Advise Owner, Architect, and authorities having jurisdiction in advance of dates and times that tests are to be performed.

3.05 DEMONSTRATION

A. Engage a factory-authorized service representative to train Owner's maintenance personnel to operate, adjust, and maintain escalators.

B. Check operation of escalators with Owner's personnel present before date of Substantial Completion and again not more than one month before end of warranty period. Determine that operation systems and devices are functioning properly.

Page 105: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ESCALATORS

14 31 00-21

3.06 MAINTENANCE

A. Initial Maintenance Service: Beginning at Substantial Completion, maintenance service shall include 36 months' full maintenance by skilled employees of escalator Installer. Include monthly preventive maintenance, repair or replacement of worn or defective components, lubrication, cleaning, and adjusting as required for proper escalator operation. Parts and supplies shall be manufacturer's authorized replacement parts and supplies.

1. Perform maintenance during normal working hours.

2. Include 24-hour-per-day, 7-day-per-week emergency callback service with response time of two hours or less.

END OF SECTION

Page 106: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 107: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

220513-1

Section 220513

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation.

1.02 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following:

1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control

sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.

1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Common Motor Requirements for Plumbing Equipment is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.

B. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

Page 108: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

220513-2

2.02 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS

A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet (1000 m) above sea level.

B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.

2.03 POLYPHASE MOTORS

A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.

B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.

C. Service Factor: 1.15.

D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque.

1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. 2. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each

speed.

E. Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.

F. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.

G. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating.

H. Insulation: Class F.

I. Code Letter Designation:

1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting

characteristic.

J. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T.

2.04 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS

A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application:

Page 109: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING EQUIPMENT

220513-3

1. Permanent-split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run.

B. Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.

C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.

D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.

E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION

Page 110: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 111: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220516-1

Section 220516

EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Metal-bellows packless expansion joints. 2. Pipe loops and swing connections. 3. Alignment guides and anchors.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Delegated-Design Submittal: For each anchor and alignment guide indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for thermal expansion of piping systems and for selecting and designing expansion joints, loops, and swing connections.

2. Anchor Details: Detail fabrication of each anchor indicated. Show dimensions and methods of assembly and attachment to building structure.

3. Alignment Guide Details: Detail field assembly and attachment to building structure.

4. Schedule: Indicate type, manufacturer's number, size, material, pressure rating, end connections, and location for each expansion joint.

1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Welding certificates.

B. Product certificates.

1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Maintenance data.

Page 112: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220516-2

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE A. Retain "Welding Qualifications" Paragraph below if shop or field welding is re-

quired. If retaining, also retain "Welding certificates" Paragraph in "Information-al Submittals" Article.

B. Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to the following:

1. AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel." 2. ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX.

1.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Expansion Fittings and Loops for Plumbing Piping is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 PACKLESS EXPANSION JOINTS

A. Metal-Bellows Packless Expansion Joints:

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings; or comparable product by one of the following:

a. Adsco Manufacturing LLC. b. American BOA, Inc. c. Badger Industries, Inc. d. Expansion Joint Systems, Inc. e. Flex Pression Ltd. f. Flex-Hose Co., Inc. g. Flex-Weld, Inc. h. Flexicraft Industries. i. Flo Fab inc. j. Hyspan Precision Products, Inc. k. Mason Industries, Inc. l. Metraflex Company (The). m. Proco Products, Inc. n. Senior Flexonics Pathway. o. Tozen Corporation. p. U.S. Bellows, Inc. q. Unaflex. r. Unisource Manufacturing, Inc.

Page 113: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220516-3

s. Universal Metal Hose. t. WahlcoMetroflex

2. Standards: ASTM F 1120 and EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc."

3. Type: Circular, corrugated bellows with external tie rods. 4. Minimum Pressure Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa) unless otherwise

indicated. 5. Configuration: Single joint with base and double joint with base

class(es) unless otherwise indicated.

B. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 ALIGNMENT GUIDES AND ANCHORS

A. Alignment Guides:

1. Description: Steel, factory-fabricated alignment guide, with bolted two-section outer cylinder and base for attaching to structure; with two-section guiding spider for bolting to pipe.

B. Anchor Materials:

1. Steel Shapes and Plates: ASTM A 36/A 36M. 2. Bolts and Nuts: ASME B18.10 or ASTM A 183, steel hex head. 3. Washers: ASTM F 844, steel, plain, flat washers. 4. Mechanical Fasteners: Insert-wedge-type stud with expansion plug

anchor for use in hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application.

a. Stud: Threaded, zinc-coated carbon steel. b. Expansion Plug: Zinc-coated steel. c. Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel.

5. Chemical Fasteners: Insert-type-stud, bonding-system anchor for use with hardened portland cement concrete, with tension and shear capacities appropriate for application.

a. Bonding Material: ASTM C 881/C 881M, Type IV, Grade 3, two-component epoxy resin suitable for surface temperature of hardened concrete where fastener is to be installed.

b. Stud: ASTM A 307, zinc-coated carbon steel with continuous thread on stud unless otherwise indicated.

c. Washer and Nut: Zinc-coated steel.

Page 114: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220516-4

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXPANSION-JOINT INSTALLATION

A. Install expansion joints of sizes matching sizes of piping in which they are installed.

B. Install metal-bellows expansion joints according to EJMA's "Standards of the Expansion Joint Manufacturers Association, Inc."

3.02 PIPE LOOP AND SWING CONNECTION INSTALLATION

A. Install pipe loops cold-sprung in tension or compression as required to partly absorb tension or compression produced during anticipated change in temperature.

B. Connect risers and branch connections to mains with at least five pipe fittings including tee in main.

C. Connect risers and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings including tee in riser.

D. Connect mains and branch connections to terminal units with at least four pipe fittings including tee in main.

3.03 ALIGNMENT-GUIDE AND ANCHOR INSTALLATION

A. Install alignment guides to guide expansion and to avoid end-loading and torsional stress.

B. Install one guide on each side of pipe expansion fittings and loops. Install guides nearest to expansion joint not more than four pipe diameters from expansion joint.

C. Attach guides to pipe and secure guides to building structure.

D. Install anchors at locations to prevent stresses from exceeding those permitted by ASME B31.9 and to prevent transfer of loading and stresses to connected equipment.

E. Anchor Attachments:

1. Anchor Attachment to Black-Steel Pipe: Attach by welding. Comply with ASME B31.9 and ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code: Section IX, "Welding and Brazing Qualifications."

Page 115: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO EXPANSION FITTINGS AND LOOPS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220516-5

2. Anchor Attachment to Galvanized-Steel Pipe: Attach with pipe hangers. Use MSS SP-69, Type 42, riser clamp welded to anchor.

3. Anchor Attachment to Copper Tubing: Attach with pipe hangers. Use MSS SP-69, Type 24, U-bolts bolted to anchor.

F. Fabricate and install steel anchors by welding steel shapes, plates, and bars. Comply with ASME B31.9 and AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

1. Anchor Attachment to Steel Structural Members: Attach by welding. 2. Anchor Attachment to Concrete Structural Members: Attach by fasteners.

Follow fastener manufacturer's written instructions.

G. Use grout to form flat bearing surfaces for guides and anchors attached to concrete.

END OF SECTION

Page 116: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 117: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220517-1

Section 220517

SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Sleeves. 2. Sleeve-seal systems. 3. Grout.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 SLEEVES

A. Cast-Iron Wall Pipes: Cast or fabricated of cast or ductile iron and equivalent to ductile-iron pressure pipe, with plain ends and integral waterstop unless otherwise indicated.

B. Galvanized-Steel Wall Pipes: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Schedule 40, with plain ends and welded steel collar; zinc coated.

C. Galvanized-Steel-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM A 53/A 53M, Type E, Grade B, Schedule 40, zinc coated, with plain ends.

D. PVC-Pipe Sleeves: ASTM D 1785, Schedule 40.

E. Galvanized-Steel-Sheet Sleeves: 0.0239-inch (0.6-mm) minimum thickness; round tube closed with welded longitudinal joint.

Page 118: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220517-2

F. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 SLEEVE-SEAL SYSTEMS

A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

1. Advance Products & Systems, Inc. 2. CALPICO, Inc. 3. Metraflex Company (The). 4. Pipeline Seal and Insulator, Inc. 5. Proco Products, Inc.

B. Description: Modular sealing-element unit, designed for field assembly, for filling annular space between piping and sleeve.

1. Sealing Elements: EPDM-rubber interlocking links shaped to fit surface of pipe. Include type and number required for pipe material and size of pipe.

2. Pressure Plates: Stainless steel. 3. Connecting Bolts and Nuts: Stainless steel of length required to secure

pressure plates to sealing elements.

2.03 GROUT

A. Standard: ASTM C 1107/C 1107M, Grade B, post-hardening and volume-adjusting, dry, hydraulic-cement grout.

B. Characteristics: Nonshrink; recommended for interior and exterior applications.

C. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.

D. Packaging: Premixed and factory packaged.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 SLEEVE INSTALLATION

A. Install sleeves for piping passing through penetrations in floors, partitions, roofs, and walls.

B. For sleeves that will have sleeve-seal system installed, select sleeves of size large enough to provide 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and concrete slabs and walls.

Page 119: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220517-3

1. Sleeves are not required for core-drilled holes.

C. Install sleeves in concrete floors, concrete roof slabs, and concrete walls as new slabs and walls are constructed.

1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces.

a. Exception: Extend sleeves installed in floors of mechanical equipment areas or other wet areas 2 inches (50 mm) above finished floor level.

2. Using grout, seal the space outside of sleeves in slabs and walls without sleeve-seal system.

D. Install sleeves for pipes passing through interior partitions.

1. Cut sleeves to length for mounting flush with both surfaces. 2. Install sleeves that are large enough to provide 1/4-inch (6.4-mm) annular

clear space between sleeve and pipe or pipe insulation. 3. Seal annular space between sleeve and piping or piping insulation; use

joint sealants appropriate for size, depth, and location of joint. Comply with requirements for sealants specified in Section 079200 "Joint Sealants."

E. Fire-Barrier Penetrations: Maintain indicated fire rating of walls, partitions, ceilings, and floors at pipe penetrations. Seal pipe penetrations with firestop materials. Comply with requirements for firestopping specified in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."

3.02 SLEEVE-SEAL-SYSTEM INSTALLATION

A. Install sleeve-seal systems in sleeves in exterior concrete walls and slabs-on-grade at service piping entries into building.

B. Select type, size, and number of sealing elements required for piping material and size and for sleeve ID or hole size. Position piping in center of sleeve. Center piping in penetration, assemble sleeve-seal system components, and install in annular space between piping and sleeve. Tighten bolts against pressure plates that cause sealing elements to expand and make a watertight seal.

3.03 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL SCHEDULE

A. Use sleeves and sleeve seals for the following piping-penetration applications:

1. Exterior Concrete Walls above Grade:

Page 120: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SLEEVES AND SLEEVE SEALS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220517-4

a. Piping Smaller Than 1/2”: CPVC Schedule 80. b. Piping 3/4” and Larger: CPVC Schedule 80.

2. Exterior Concrete Walls below Grade:

a. Piping Smaller Than 1/2”: CPVC Schedule 80.

1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system.

b. Piping 1/2” and Larger: CPVC Schedule 80.

1) Select sleeve size to allow for 1-inch (25-mm) annular clear space between piping and sleeve for installing sleeve-seal system.

3. Concrete Slabs above Grade:

a. Piping Smaller Than 1/2”: PVC-pipe sleeves. b. Piping 1/2” and Larger: PVC-pipe sleeves.

4. Interior Partitions:

a. Piping Smaller Than 1/2”: PVC-pipe sleeves. b. Piping 1/2” and Larger: PVC-pipe sleeves.

END OF SECTION

Page 121: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO ESCUTCHEONS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING

220518-1

Section 220518

ESCUTCHEONS FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Escutcheons. 2. Floor plates.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 ESCUTCHEONS

A. One-Piece, Cast-Brass Type: With stainless steel and rough-brass finish and setscrew fastener.

B. One-Piece, Deep-Pattern Type: Deep-drawn, box-shaped brass with chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners.

C. One-Piece, Stamped-Steel Type: With chrome-plated finish and spring-clip fasteners.

D. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 FLOOR PLATES

A. One-Piece Floor Plates: Cast-iron flange with holes for fasteners.

Page 122: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO ESCUTCHEONS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING

220518-2

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and finished floors.

B. Install escutcheons with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening.

1. Escutcheons for New Piping:

a. Piping with Fitting or Sleeve Protruding from Wall: One-piece, deep-pattern type.

b. Chrome-Plated Piping: One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish.

c. Insulated Piping: One-piece, stamped-steel type. d. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces:

One-piece, cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. e. Bare Piping at Wall and Floor Penetrations in Finished Spaces:

One-piece, stamped-steel type. f. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,

cast-brass type with polished, chrome-plated finish. g. Bare Piping at Ceiling Penetrations in Finished Spaces: One-piece,

stamped-steel type. h. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, cast-brass

type with stainless steel finish. i. Bare Piping in Unfinished Service Spaces: One-piece, stamped-

steel type. j. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, cast-brass type with

stainless steel finish. k. Bare Piping in Equipment Rooms: One-piece, stamped-steel type.

C. Install floor plates for piping penetrations of equipment-room floors.

D. Install floor plates with ID to closely fit around pipe, tube, and insulation of piping and with OD that completely covers opening.

1. New Piping: One-piece, floor-plate type.

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Replace broken and damaged escutcheons and floor plates using new materials.

END OF SECTION

Page 123: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-1

Section 220523

GENERAL-DUTY VALVES FOR PLUMBING PIPING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Brass ball valves. 2. Bronze ball valves. 3. Bronze swing check valves. 4. Iron swing check valves. 5. Bronze gate valves. 6. Iron gate valves. 7. Bronze globe valves. 8. Iron globe valves.

B. Related Sections:

1. Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment" for valve tags and schedules.

2. Section 221113 "Facility Water Distribution Piping" for valves applicable only to this piping.

3. Section 334100 "Storm Utility Drainage Piping" for valves applicable only to this piping.

4. Section 334600 "Subdrainage" for valves applicable only to this piping.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of valve indicated.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. ASME Compliance: ASME B16.10 and ASME B16.34 for ferrous valve dimensions and design criteria.

B. NSF Compliance: NSF 61 for valve materials for potable-water service.

Page 124: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-2

1.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for General-Duty Valves for Plumbing Piping is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVES

A. Refer to valve schedule articles for applications of valves.

B. Valve Pressure and Temperature Ratings: Not less than indicated and as required for system pressures and temperatures.

C. Valve Sizes: Same as upstream piping unless otherwise indicated.

D. Valve Actuator Types:

1. Gear Actuator: For quarter-turn valves NPS 8 (DN 200) and larger. 2. Handwheel: For valves other than quarter-turn types. 3. Handlever: For quarter-turn valves NPS 6 (DN 150) and smaller except

plug valves. 4. Chainwheel: Device for attachment to valve handwheel, stem, or other

actuator; of size and with chain for mounting height, as indicated in the "Valve Installation" Article.

E. Valves in Insulated Piping: With 2-inch (50-mm) stem extensions and the following features:

1. Gate Valves: With rising stem. 2. Ball Valves: With extended operating handle of non-thermal-conductive

material, and protective sleeve that allows operation of valve without breaking the vapor seal or disturbing insulation.

3. Butterfly Valves: With extended neck.

F. Valve-End Connections:

1. Flanged: With flanges according to ASME B16.1 for iron valves. 2. Solder Joint: With sockets according to ASME B16.18. 3. Threaded: With threads according to ASME B1.20.1.

G. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the

“BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

Page 125: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-3

2.02 BRASS BALL VALVES

A. One-Piece, Reduced-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Kitz Corporation.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. CWP Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa). c. Body Design: One piece. d. Body Material: Forged brass. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Brass. h. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. i. Port: Reduced.

B. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. DynaQuip Controls. d. Flow-Tek, Inc.; a subsidiary of Bray International, Inc. e. Hammond Valve. f. Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation. g. Jomar International, LTD. h. Kitz Corporation. i. Legend Valve. j. Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries. k. Milwaukee Valve Company. l. NIBCO INC. m. Red-White Valve Corporation. n. RuB Inc.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). c. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa).

Page 126: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-4

d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Brass. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Full.

C. Two-Piece, Regular-Port, Brass Ball Valves with Brass Trim:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Hammond Valve. b. Jamesbury; a subsidiary of Metso Automation. c. Legend Valve. d. Marwin Valve; a division of Richards Industries. e. Milwaukee Valve Company.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). c. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Forged brass. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Brass. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Regular.

2.03 BRONZE BALL VALVES

A. One-Piece, Reduced-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. NIBCO INC.

Page 127: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-5

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. CWP Rating: 400 psig (2760 kPa). c. Body Design: One piece. d. Body Material: Bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Seats: PTFE or TFE. g. Stem: Bronze. h. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. i. Port: Reduced.

B. Two-Piece, Full-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. d. Hammond Valve. e. Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. f. Legend Valve. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Red-White Valve Corporation. j. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). c. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Bronze. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Full.

C. Two-Piece, Regular-Port, Bronze Ball Valves with Bronze Trim:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

Page 128: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-6

a. American Valve, Inc. b. Conbraco Industries, Inc.; Apollo Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. e. DynaQuip Controls. f. Hammond Valve. g. Lance Valves; a division of Advanced Thermal Systems, Inc. h. Milwaukee Valve Company. i. NIBCO INC.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-110. b. SWP Rating: 150 psig (1035 kPa). c. CWP Rating: 600 psig (4140 kPa). d. Body Design: Two piece. e. Body Material: Bronze. f. Ends: Threaded. g. Seats: PTFE or TFE. h. Stem: Bronze. i. Ball: Chrome-plated brass. j. Port: Regular.

2.04 BRONZE SWING CHECK VALVES

A. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Bronze Disc:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. e. Hammond Valve. f. Kitz Corporation. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Powell Valves. j. Red-White Valve Corporation. k. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. l. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

Page 129: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-7

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 3. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: Bronze.

B. Class 125, Bronze Swing Check Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. d. Hammond Valve. e. Kitz Corporation. f. Milwaukee Valve Company. g. NIBCO INC. h. Red-White Valve Corporation. i. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 4. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Design: Horizontal flow. d. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze. e. Ends: Threaded. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE.

2.05 BRONZE GATE VALVES

A. Class 125, NRS Bronze Gate Valves:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. e. Hammond Valve.

Page 130: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-8

f. Kitz Corporation. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Powell Valves. j. Red-White Valve Corporation. k. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. l. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in

bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron aluminum.

B. Class 125, RS Bronze Gate Valves:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. American Valve, Inc. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. c. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Jenkins Valves. d. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. e. Hammond Valve. f. Kitz Corporation. g. Milwaukee Valve Company. h. NIBCO INC. i. Powell Valves. j. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. k. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in

bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded or solder joint. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: Solid wedge; bronze.

Page 131: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-9

g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: Malleable iron, bronze.

2.06 BRONZE GLOBE VALVES

A. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Bronze Disc:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. c. Hammond Valve. d. Kitz Corporation. e. Milwaukee Valve Company. f. NIBCO INC. g. Powell Valves. h. Red-White Valve Corporation. i. Watts Regulator Co.; a division of Watts Water Technologies, Inc. j. Zy-Tech Global Industries, Inc.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 1. b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in

bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem and Disc: Bronze. f. Packing: Asbestos free. g. Handwheel: bronze.

B. Class 125, Bronze Globe Valves with Nonmetallic Disc:

1. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, available manufacturers offering products that may be incorporated into the Work include, but are not limited to, the following:

a. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Crane Valves. b. Crane Co.; Crane Valve Group; Stockham Division. c. NIBCO INC. d. Red-White Valve Corporation.

2. Description:

a. Standard: MSS SP-80, Type 2.

Page 132: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-10

b. CWP Rating: 200 psig (1380 kPa). c. Body Material: ASTM B 62, bronze with integral seat and screw-in

bonnet. d. Ends: Threaded. e. Stem: Bronze. f. Disc: PTFE or TFE. g. Packing: Asbestos free. h. Handwheel: bronze.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 VALVE INSTALLATION

A. Install valves with unions or flanges at each piece of equipment arranged to allow service, maintenance, and equipment removal without system shutdown.

B. Locate valves for easy access and provide separate support where necessary.

C. Install valves in horizontal piping with stem at or above center of pipe.

D. Install valves in position to allow full stem movement.

E. Install swing check valves for proper direction of flow and in horizontal position with hinge pin level.

3.02 ADJUSTING

A. Adjust or replace valve packing after piping systems have been tested and put into service but before final adjusting and balancing. Replace valves if persistent leaking occurs.

3.03 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS FOR VALVE APPLICATIONS

A. If valve applications are not indicated, use the following:

1. Shutoff Service: Ball valves. 2. Throttling Service: Ball valves. 3. Pump-Discharge Check Valves:

a. NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Bronze swing check valves with bronze disc.

b. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger for Domestic Water: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or with spring.

Page 133: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GENERAL-DUTY VALVES Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR PLUMBING PIPING

220523-11

c. NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger for Sanitary Waste and Storm Drainage: Iron swing check valves with lever and weight or spring.

B. If valves with specified SWP classes or CWP ratings are not available, the same types of valves with higher SWP class or CWP ratings may be substituted.

C. Select valves, except wafer types, with the following end connections:

1. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends except where solder-joint valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

2. For Copper Tubing, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

3. For Copper Tubing, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends. 4. For Steel Piping, NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller: Threaded ends. 5. For Steel Piping, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to DN 100): Flanged ends

except where threaded valve-end option is indicated in valve schedules below.

6. For Steel Piping, NPS 5 (DN 125) and Larger: Flanged ends.

3.04 DOMESTIC, HOT- AND COLD-WATER VALVE SCHEDULE

A. Pipe NPS 2 (DN 50) and Smaller:

1. Bronze Valves: May be provided with solder-joint ends instead of threaded ends.

2. Bronze Angle Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic disc. 3. Ball Valves: One piece, full port, bronze with bronze trim. 4. Bronze Swing Check Valves: nonmetallic disc. 5. Bronze Gate Valves: Class 125, NRS. 6. Bronze Globe Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic disc.

B. Pipe NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and Larger:

1. Iron Valves, NPS 2-1/2 to NPS 4 (DN 65 to NPS 100): May be provided with threaded ends instead of flanged ends.

2. Iron, Single-Flange Butterfly Valves: 200 CWP, EPDM seat, ductile-iron disc.

3. Iron Swing Check Valves: Class 125, nonmetallic-to-metal seats. 4. Iron Swing Check Valves with Closure Control: Class 125, lever and

weight. 5. Iron Gate Valves: OS&Y. 6. Iron Globe Valves: Class 125.

END OF SECTION

Page 134: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 135: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-1

Section 220529

HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Metal pipe hangers and supports. 2. Trapeze pipe hangers. 3. Thermal-hanger shield inserts. 4. Fastener systems. 5. Pipe positioning systems. 6. Equipment supports.

1.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Delegated Design: Design trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports, including comprehensive engineering analysis by a qualified professional engineer, using performance requirements and design criteria indicated.

B. Structural Performance: Hangers and supports for plumbing piping and equipment shall withstand the effects of gravity loads and stresses within limits and under conditions indicated according to ASCE.

1. Design supports for multiple pipes capable of supporting combined weight of supported systems, system contents, and test water.

2. Design equipment supports capable of supporting combined operating weight of supported equipment and connected systems and components.

1.03 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Signed and sealed by a qualified professional engineer. Show fabrication and installation details and include calculations for the following; include Product Data for components:

1. Trapeze pipe hangers. 2. Equipment supports.

Page 136: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-2

C. Delegated-Design Submittal: For trapeze hangers indicated to comply with performance requirements and design criteria, including analysis data signed and sealed by the qualified professional engineer responsible for their preparation.

1.04 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Welding certificates.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Structural Steel Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and personnel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M, "Structural Welding Code - Steel."

B. Pipe Welding Qualifications: Qualify procedures and operators according to ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code.

1.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 METAL PIPE HANGERS AND SUPPORTS

A. Carbon-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:

1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.

2. Galvanized Metallic Coatings: Pregalvanized or hot dipped. 3. Nonmetallic Coatings: Plastic coating, jacket, or liner. 4. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or

cushion to support bearing surface of piping. 5. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of

stainless steel.

B. Stainless-Steel Pipe Hangers and Supports:

1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, factory-fabricated components.

2. Padded Hangers: Hanger with fiberglass or other pipe insulation pad or cushion to support bearing surface of piping.

Page 137: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-3

3. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel.

C. Copper Pipe Hangers:

1. Description: MSS SP-58, Types 1 through 58, copper-coated-steel, factory-fabricated components.

2. Hanger Rods: Continuous-thread rod, nuts, and washer made of stainless steel.

D. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 TRAPEZE PIPE HANGERS

A. Description: MSS SP-69, Type 59, shop- or field-fabricated pipe-support assembly made from structural carbon-steel shapes with MSS SP-58 carbon-steel hanger rods, nuts, saddles, and U-bolts.

2.03 FASTENER SYSTEMS

A. Powder-Actuated Fasteners: Threaded-steel stud, for use in hardened portland cement concrete with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

B. Mechanical-Expansion Anchors: Insert-wedge-type, stainless-steel anchors, for use in hardened portland cement concrete; with pull-out, tension, and shear capacities appropriate for supported loads and building materials where used.

2.04 PIPE POSITIONING SYSTEMS

A. Description: IAPMO PS 42, positioning system of metal brackets, clips, and straps for positioning piping in pipe spaces; for plumbing fixtures in commercial applications.

2.05 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. Description: Welded, shop- or field-fabricated equipment support made from structural carbon-steel shapes.

Page 138: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-4

2.06 MISCELLANEOUS MATERIALS

A. Structural Steel: ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel plates, shapes, and bars; black and galvanized.

B. Grout: ASTM C 1107, factory-mixed and -packaged, dry, hydraulic-cement, nonshrink and nonmetallic grout; suitable for interior and exterior applications.

1. Properties: Nonstaining, noncorrosive, and nongaseous. 2. Design Mix: 5000-psi (34.5-MPa), 28-day compressive strength.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Metal Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Install hangers, supports, clamps, and attachments as required to properly support piping from the building structure.

B. Metal Trapeze Pipe-Hanger Installation: Comply with MSS SP-69 and MSS SP-89. Arrange for grouping of parallel runs of horizontal piping, and support together on field-fabricated trapeze pipe hangers.

1. Pipes of Various Sizes: Support together and space trapezes for smallest pipe size or install intermediate supports for smaller diameter pipes as specified for individual pipe hangers.

2. Field fabricate from ASTM A 36/A 36M, carbon-steel shapes selected for loads being supported. Weld steel according to AWS D1.1/D1.1M.

C. Thermal-Hanger Shield Installation: Install in pipe hanger or shield for insulated piping.

D. Fastener System Installation:

1. Install powder-actuated fasteners for use in lightweight concrete or concrete slabs less than 4 inches (100 mm) thick in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Use operators that are licensed by powder-actuated tool manufacturer. Install fasteners according to powder-actuated tool manufacturer's operating manual.

2. Install mechanical-expansion anchors in concrete after concrete is placed and completely cured. Install fasteners according to manufacturer's written instructions.

E. Pipe Positioning-System Installation: Install support devices to make rigid supply and waste piping connections to each plumbing fixture.

Page 139: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-5

F. Install hangers and supports complete with necessary attachments, inserts, bolts, rods, nuts, washers, and other accessories.

G. Equipment Support Installation: Fabricate from welded-structural-steel shapes.

H. Install hangers and supports to allow controlled thermal and seismic movement of piping systems, to permit freedom of movement between pipe anchors, and to facilitate action of expansion joints, expansion loops, expansion bends, and similar units.

I. Install lateral bracing with pipe hangers and supports to prevent swaying.

J. Install building attachments within concrete slabs or attach to structural steel. Install additional attachments at concentrated loads, including valves, flanges, and strainers, NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger and at changes in direction of piping. Install concrete inserts before concrete is placed; fasten inserts to forms and install reinforcing bars through openings at top of inserts.

K. Load Distribution: Install hangers and supports so that piping live and dead loads and stresses from movement will not be transmitted to connected equipment.

L. Pipe Slopes: Install hangers and supports to provide indicated pipe slopes and to not exceed maximum pipe deflections allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.

M. Insulated Piping:

1. Attach clamps and spacers to piping.

a. Piping Operating above Ambient Air Temperature: Clamp may project through insulation.

b. Piping Operating below Ambient Air Temperature: Use thermal-hanger shield insert with clamp sized to match OD of insert.

c. Do not exceed pipe stress limits allowed by ASME B31.9 for building services piping.

2. Install MSS SP-58, Type 39, protection saddles if insulation without vapor barrier is indicated. Fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

3. Install MSS SP-58, Type 40, protective shields on cold piping with vapor barrier. Shields shall span an arc of 180 degrees.

Page 140: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-6

a. Option: Thermal-hanger shield inserts may be used. Include steel weight-distribution plate for pipe NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger if pipe is installed on rollers.

4. Shield Dimensions for Pipe: Not less than the following:

a. NPS 1/4 to NPS 3-1/2 (DN 8 to DN 90): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.048 inch (1.22 mm) thick.

b. NPS 4 (DN 100): 12 inches (305 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick.

c. NPS 5 and NPS 6 (DN 125 and DN 150): 18 inches (457 mm) long and 0.06 inch (1.52 mm) thick.

d. NPS 8 to NPS 14 (DN 200 to DN 350): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.075 inch (1.91 mm) thick.

e. NPS 16 to NPS 24 (DN 400 to DN 600): 24 inches (610 mm) long and 0.105 inch (2.67 mm) thick.

5. Pipes NPS 8 (DN 200) and Larger: Include wood or reinforced calcium-silicate-insulation inserts of length at least as long as protective shield.

6. Thermal-Hanger Shields: Install with insulation same thickness as piping insulation.

3.02 EQUIPMENT SUPPORTS

A. Fabricate structural-steel stands to suspend equipment from structure overhead or to support equipment above floor.

B. Grouting: Place grout under supports for equipment and make bearing surface smooth.

C. Provide lateral bracing, to prevent swaying, for equipment supports.

3.03 METAL FABRICATIONS

A. Cut, drill, and fit miscellaneous metal fabrications for trapeze pipe hangers and equipment supports.

B. Fit exposed connections together to form hairline joints. Field weld connections that cannot be shop welded because of shipping size limitations.

C. Field Welding: Comply with AWS D1.1/D1.1M procedures for shielded, metal arc welding; appearance and quality of welds; and methods used in correcting welding work; and with the following:

1. Use materials and methods that minimize distortion and develop strength and corrosion resistance of base metals.

Page 141: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-7

2. Obtain fusion without undercut or overlap. 3. Remove welding flux immediately. 4. Finish welds at exposed connections so no roughness shows after

finishing and so contours of welded surfaces match adjacent contours.

3.04 ADJUSTING

A. Hanger Adjustments: Adjust hangers to distribute loads equally on attachments and to achieve indicated slope of pipe.

B. Trim excess length of continuous-thread hanger and support rods to 1-1/2 inches (40 mm).

3.05 PAINTING

A. Touchup: Clean field welds and abraded areas of shop paint. Paint exposed areas immediately after erecting hangers and supports. Use same materials as used for shop painting. Comply with SSPC-PA 1 requirements for touching up field-painted surfaces.

1. Apply paint by brush or spray to provide a minimum dry film thickness of 2.0 mils (0.05 mm).

B. Touchup: Cleaning and touchup painting of field welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas of shop paint on miscellaneous metal are specified in Section 099113 "Exterior Painting."

C. Galvanized Surfaces: Clean welds, bolted connections, and abraded areas and apply galvanizing-repair paint to comply with ASTM A 780.

3.06 HANGER AND SUPPORT SCHEDULE

A. Specific hanger and support requirements are in Sections specifying piping systems and equipment.

B. Comply with MSS SP-69 for pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections.

C. Use hangers and supports with galvanized metallic coatings for piping and equipment that will not have field-applied finish.

D. Use nonmetallic coatings on attachments for electrolytic protection where attachments are in direct contact with copper tubing.

E. Use carbon-steel pipe hangers and supports and attachments for general service applications.

Page 142: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-8

F. Use stainless-steel pipe hangers and stainless-steel attachments for hostile environment applications.

G. Use copper-plated pipe hangers and stainless-steel attachments for copper piping and tubing.

H. Use padded hangers for piping that is subject to scratching.

I. Use thermal-hanger shield inserts for insulated piping and tubing.

J. Horizontal-Piping Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:

1. Adjustable, Steel Clevis Hangers (MSS Type 1): For suspension of noninsulated or insulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750).

2. Yoke-Type Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 2): For suspension of up to 1050 deg F (566 deg C), pipes NPS 4 to NPS 24 (DN 100 to DN 600), requiring up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation.

3. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel, Double-Bolt Pipe Clamps (MSS Type 3): For suspension of pipes NPS 3/4 to NPS 36 (DN 20 to DN 900), requiring clamp flexibility and up to 4 inches (100 mm) of insulation.

4. Adjustable, Steel Band Hangers (MSS Type 7): For suspension of noninsulated, stationary pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 8 (DN 15 to DN 200).

5. U-Bolts (MSS Type 24): For support of heavy pipes NPS 1/2 to NPS 30 (DN 15 to DN 750).

6. Pipe Saddle Supports (MSS Type 36): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate.

7. Pipe Stanchion Saddles (MSS Type 37): For support of pipes NPS 4 to NPS 36 (DN 100 to DN 900), with steel-pipe base stanchion support and cast-iron floor flange or carbon-steel plate, and with U-bolt to retain pipe.

8. Single-Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 41): For suspension of pipes NPS 1 to NPS 30 (DN 25 to DN 750), from two rods if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur.

9. Complete Pipe Rolls (MSS Type 44): For support of pipes NPS 2 to NPS 42 (DN 50 to DN 1050) if longitudinal movement caused by expansion and contraction might occur but vertical adjustment is not necessary.

K. Vertical-Piping Clamps: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:

1. Extension Pipe or Riser Clamps (MSS Type 8): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 24 to DN 600).

Page 143: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-9

2. Carbon- or Alloy-Steel Riser Clamps (MSS Type 42): For support of pipe risers NPS 3/4 to NPS 24 (DN 20 to DN 600) if longer ends are required for riser clamps.

L. Hanger-Rod Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel Turnbuckles (MSS Type 13): For adjustment up to 6 inches (150 mm) for heavy loads.

2. Steel Clevises (MSS Type 14): For 120 to 450 deg F (49 to 232 deg C) piping installations.

M. Building Attachments: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel or Malleable Concrete Inserts (MSS Type 18): For upper attachment to suspend pipe hangers from concrete ceiling.

2. Top-Beam C-Clamps (MSS Type 19): For use under roof installations with bar-joist construction, to attach to top flange of structural shape.

3. Side-Beam or Channel Clamps (MSS Type 20): For attaching to bottom flange of beams, channels, or angles.

4. Center-Beam Clamps (MSS Type 21): For attaching to center of bottom flange of beams.

5. Welded Beam Attachments (MSS Type 22): For attaching to bottom of beams if loads are considerable and rod sizes are large.

6. C-Clamps (MSS Type 23): For structural shapes. 7. Welded-Steel Brackets: For support of pipes from below, or for

suspending from above by using clip and rod. Use one of the following for indicated loads:

a. Light (MSS Type 31): 750 lb (340 kg). b. Medium (MSS Type 32): 1500 lb (680 kg). c. Heavy (MSS Type 33): 3000 lb (1360 kg).

8. Side-Beam Brackets (MSS Type 34): For sides of steel or wooden beams.

9. Plate Lugs (MSS Type 57): For attaching to steel beams if flexibility at beam is required.

N. Saddles and Shields: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:

1. Steel-Pipe-Covering Protection Saddles (MSS Type 39): To fill interior voids with insulation that matches adjoining insulation.

2. Protection Shields (MSS Type 40): Of length recommended in writing by manufacturer to prevent crushing insulation.

3. Thermal-Hanger Shield Inserts: For supporting insulated pipe.

Page 144: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO HANGERS AND SUPPORTS FOR Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220529-10

O. Spring Hangers and Supports: Unless otherwise indicated and except as specified in piping system Sections, install the following types:

1. Spring Cushions (MSS Type 48): For light loads if vertical movement does not exceed 1-1/4 inches (32 mm).

2. Spring-Cushion Roll Hangers (MSS Type 49): For equipping Type 41, roll hanger with springs.

3. Variable-Spring Base Supports (MSS Type 52): Preset to indicated load and limit variability factor to 25 percent to allow expansion and contraction of piping system from base support.

P. Comply with MSS SP-69 for trapeze pipe-hanger selections and applications that are not specified in piping system Sections.

Q. Use powder-actuated fasteners instead of building attachments where required in concrete construction.

R. Use pipe positioning systems in pipe spaces behind plumbing fixtures to support supply and waste piping for plumbing fixtures.

END OF SECTION

Page 145: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220553-1

Section 220553

IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTAL

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 EQUIPMENT LABELS

A. Metal Labels for Equipment:

1. Material and Thickness: Stainless steel, 0.025-inch (0.64-mm) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.

2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).

3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and

with substrate.

Page 146: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220553-2

B. Plastic Labels for Equipment:

1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: Red. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F

(71 deg C). 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but

not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm). 6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing

distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and

with substrate.

C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.

D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

E. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS

A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

B. Letter Color: Black.

C. Background Color: Red.

Page 147: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220553-3

D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C).

E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).

F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws.

H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with substrate.

I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions.

2.03 PIPE LABELS

A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction.

B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.

C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.

D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.

1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.

2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 PREPARATION

A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulants.

Page 148: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

220553-4

3.02 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION

A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.

B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible.

3.03 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION

A. Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting."

B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows:

1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and

terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch.

3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures.

4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view of concealed piping.

5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination.

6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) along each run. Reduce intervals to 25 feet (7.6 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment.

7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced labels.

C. Pipe Label Color Schedule:

1. Low-Pressure, Compressed-Air Piping:

a. Background Color: Red. b. Letter Color: Black.

2. Medium-Pressure, Compressed-Air Piping:

a. Background Color: Red. b. Letter Color: Black.

END OF SECTION

Page 149: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO FACILITY WATER Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design DISTRIBUTION PIPING

221113-1

Section 221113

FACILITY WATER DISTRIBUTION PIPING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. This Section includes water-distribution piping and related components outside the building for water service.

B. Utility-furnished products include water meters that will be furnished to the site, ready for installation.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Shop Drawings: Detail precast concrete vault assemblies and indicate dimensions, method of field assembly, and components.

1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control test reports.

1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and maintenance data.

1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Regulatory Requirements:

1. Comply with requirements of utility company supplying water. Include tapping of water mains and backflow prevention.

2. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for potable-water-service piping, including materials, installation, testing, and disinfection.

3. Comply with standards of authorities having jurisdiction for fire-suppression water-service piping, including materials, hose threads, installation, and testing.

B. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

Page 150: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO FACILITY WATER Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design DISTRIBUTION PIPING

221113-2

C. Comply with ASTM F 645 for selection, design, and installation of thermoplastic water piping.

D. Comply with FMG's "Approval Guide" or UL's "Fire Protection Equipment Directory" for fire-service-main products.

E. NFPA Compliance: Comply with NFPA 24 for materials, installations, tests, flushing, and valve and hydrant supervision for fire-service-main piping for fire suppression.

F. NSF Compliance:

1. Comply with NSF 14 for plastic potable-water-service piping. 2. Comply with NSF 61 for materials for water-service piping and specialties

for domestic water.

1.06 PROJECT CONDITIONS

A. Interruption of Existing Water-Distribution Service: Do not interrupt service to facilities occupied by Owner or others unless permitted under the following conditions and then only after arranging to provide temporary water-distribution service according to requirements indicated:

1. Notify Construction Owner no fewer than two days in advance of proposed interruption of service.

2. Do not proceed with interruption of water-distribution service without Construction Owner's written permission.

1.07 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate connection to water main with utility company.

1.08 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Facility Water Distribution Piping is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Soft Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A), water tube, annealed temper, as indicated on plans.

Page 151: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO FACILITY WATER Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design DISTRIBUTION PIPING

221113-3

1. Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint pressure type. Furnish only wrought-copper fittings if indicated.

B. Hard Copper Tube: ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A), water tube, drawn temper, as indicated on plans.

1. Copper, Solder-Joint Fittings: ASME B16.18, cast-copper-alloy or ASME B16.22, wrought-copper, solder-joint pressure type. Furnish only wrought-copper fittings if indicated.

C. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with mechanical-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated.

1. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.

2. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.

D. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with push-on-joint bell and plain spigot end unless grooved or flanged ends are indicated.

1. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.

2. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber.

E. Grooved-Joint, Ductile-Iron Pipe: AWWA C151, with cut, rounded-grooved ends.

1. Grooved-End, Ductile-Iron Pipe Appurtenances:

a. Per plans and Equipment Manufacturer’s requirements.

F. PE, Fire-Service Pipe: ASTM F 714, AWWA C906, or equivalent for PE water pipe; FMG approved, with minimum thickness equivalent to FMG Class 150 and Class 200, as indicated on plans.

1. Molded PE Fittings: ASTM D 3350, PE resin, socket- or butt-fusion type, made to match PE pipe dimensions and class.

G. PVC, AWWA Pipe: AWWA C900, Class 150 and Class 200, with bell end with gasket, and with spigot end, as indicated on plans.

1. Comply with UL 1285 for fire-service mains if indicated. 2. PVC Fabricated Fittings: AWWA C900, Class 150 and Class 200, with

bell-and-spigot or double-bell ends. Include elastomeric gasket in each bell.

3. PVC Molded Fittings: AWWA C907, Class 150, with bell-and-spigot or double-bell ends. Include elastomeric gasket in each bell.

Page 152: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO FACILITY WATER Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design DISTRIBUTION PIPING

221113-4

4. Push-on-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.

a. Gaskets: AWWA C111, rubber.

5. Mechanical-Joint, Ductile-Iron Fittings: AWWA C110, ductile- or gray-iron standard pattern or AWWA C153, ductile-iron compact pattern.

a. Glands, Gaskets, and Bolts: AWWA C111, ductile- or gray-iron glands, rubber gaskets, and steel bolts.

H. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 JOINING MATERIALS

A. Refer to Section 330500 "Common Work Results for Utilities" for commonly used joining materials.

B. Brazing Filler Metals: AWS A5.8, BCuP Series.

C. Bonding Adhesive for Fiberglass Piping: As recommended by fiberglass piping manufacturer.

D. Plastic Pipe-Flange Gasket, Bolts, and Nuts: Type and material recommended by piping system manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.

2.03 PIPING SPECIALTIES

A. Transition Fittings: Manufactured fitting or coupling same size as, with pressure rating at least equal to and ends compatible with, piping to be joined.

B. Tubular-Sleeve Pipe Couplings:

1. Description: Metal, bolted, sleeve-type, reducing or transition coupling, with center sleeve, gaskets, end rings, and bolt fasteners and with ends of same sizes as piping to be joined.

a. Standard: AWWA C219.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EARTHWORK

A. Refer to Section 312000 "Earth Moving" for excavating, trenching, and backfilling.

Page 153: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO FACILITY WATER Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design DISTRIBUTION PIPING

221113-5

3.02 PIPING APPLICATIONS

A. General: Use pipe, fittings, and joining methods for piping systems according to the following applications.

B. Transition couplings and special fittings with pressure ratings at least equal to piping pressure rating may be used, unless otherwise indicated.

C. Do not use flanges or unions for underground piping.

D. Flanges, unions, and special fittings may be used, instead of joints indicated, on aboveground piping and piping in vaults.

E. Underground water-service piping NPS 3/4 to NPS 3 shall be soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A); wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.

F. Underground water-service piping NPS 4 and NPS 6 shall be any of the following:

1. Soft copper tube, ASTM B 88, Type K (ASTM B 88M, Type A); wrought-copper, solder-joint fittings; and brazed joints.

2. Ductile-iron, push-on-joint pipe; ductile-iron, push-on-joint fittings; and gasketed joints.

3. NPS 4 and NPS 6 PVC, AWWA Class 150 pipe; PVC, AWWA Class 150 molded fittings; and gasketed joints.

3.03 PIPING SYSTEMS - COMMON REQUIREMENTS

A. See Section 330500 "Common Work Results for Utilities" for piping-system common requirements.

3.04 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Make connections larger than NPS 2 (DN 50) with tapping machine according to the following:

1. Install tapping sleeve and tapping valve according to MSS SP-60. 2. Install tapping sleeve on pipe to be tapped. Position flanged outlet for gate

valve. 3. Use tapping machine compatible with valve and tapping sleeve; cut hole in

main. Remove tapping machine and connect water-service piping. 4. Install gate valve onto tapping sleeve. Comply with MSS SP-60. Install

valve with stem pointing up and with valve box.

B. Make connections NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller with drilling machine according to the following:

Page 154: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO FACILITY WATER Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design DISTRIBUTION PIPING

221113-6

1. Install service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves in size, quantity, and arrangement required by utility company standards.

2. Install service-saddle assemblies on water-service pipe to be tapped. Position outlets for corporation valves.

3. Use drilling machine compatible with service-saddle assemblies and corporation valves. Drill hole in main. Remove drilling machine and connect water-service piping.

4. Install corporation valves into service-saddle assemblies. 5. Install manifold for multiple taps in water main. 6. Install curb valve in water-service piping with head pointing up and with

service box.

C. Install ductile-iron, water-service piping according to AWWA C600 and AWWA M41.

D. Install PE pipe according to ASTM D 2774 and ASTM F 645.

E. Install PVC, AWWA pipe according to ASTM F 645 and AWWA M23.

F. Bury piping with depth of cover over top at least 30 inches (750 mm), with top at least 12 inches (300 mm) below level of maximum frost penetration.

G. Sleeves are specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

H. Mechanical sleeve seals are specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

I. Install underground piping with restrained joints at horizontal and vertical changes in direction. Use restrained-joint piping, thrust blocks, anchors, tie-rods and clamps, and other supports.

3.05 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. See Section 330500 "Common Work Results for Utilities" for basic piping joint construction.

B. Make pipe joints according to the following:

1. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Water-Service Piping: AWWA C600 and AWWA M41.

2. Ductile-Iron Piping, Gasketed Joints for Fire-Service-Main Piping: UL 194. 3. Ductile-Iron Piping, Grooved Joints: Cut-groove pipe. Assemble joints with

grooved-end, ductile-iron-piping couplings, gaskets, lubricant, and bolts according to coupling manufacturer's written instructions.

4. PE Piping Insert-Fitting Joints: Use plastic insert fittings and fasteners according to fitting manufacturer's written instructions.

Page 155: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO FACILITY WATER Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design DISTRIBUTION PIPING

221113-7

5. PVC Piping Gasketed Joints: Use joining materials according to AWWA C900. Construct joints with elastomeric seals and lubricant according to ASTM D 2774 or ASTM D 3139 and pipe manufacturer's written instructions.

6. Dissimilar Materials Piping Joints: Use adapters compatible with both piping materials, with OD, and with system working pressure.

3.06 ANCHORAGE INSTALLATION

A. Anchorage, General: Install water-distribution piping with restrained joints. Anchorages and restrained-joint types that may be used include the following:

1. Concrete thrust blocks. 2. Locking mechanical joints. 3. Set-screw mechanical retainer glands. 4. Bolted flanged joints. 5. Heat-fused joints. 6. Pipe clamps and tie rods.

B. Install anchorages for tees, plugs and caps, bends, crosses, valves, and hydrant branches. Include anchorages for the following piping systems:

1. Gasketed-Joint, Ductile-Iron, Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA C600.

2. Gasketed-Joint, PVC Water-Service Piping: According to AWWA M23. 3. Fire-Service-Main Piping: According to NFPA 24.

C. Apply full coat of asphalt or other acceptable corrosion-resistant material to surfaces of installed ferrous anchorage devices.

3.07 CONNECTIONS

A. See Section 330500 "Common Work Results for Utilities" for piping connections to valves and equipment.

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Piping Tests: Conduct piping tests before joints are covered and after concrete thrust blocks have hardened sufficiently. Fill pipeline 24 hours before testing and apply test pressure to stabilize system. Use only potable water.

B. Hydrostatic Tests: Test at not less than one-and-one-half times working pressure for two hours.

1. Increase pressure in 50-psig (350-kPa) increments and inspect each joint between increments. Hold at test pressure for 1 hour; decrease to 0 psig (0 kPa). Slowly increase again to test pressure and hold for 1 more hour.

Page 156: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO FACILITY WATER Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design DISTRIBUTION PIPING

221113-8

Maximum allowable leakage is 2 quarts (1.89 L) per hour per 100 joints. Remake leaking joints with new materials and repeat test until leakage is within allowed limits.

C. Prepare reports of testing activities.

3.09 IDENTIFICATION

A. Install continuous underground warning tape during backfilling of trench for underground water-distribution piping. Locate below finished grade, directly over piping. Underground warning tapes are specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

B. Permanently attach equipment nameplate or marker indicating plastic water-service piping, on main electrical meter panel. See Section 330500 "Common Work Results for Utilities" for identifying devices.

3.10 CLEANING

A. Clean and disinfect water-distribution piping as follows:

1. Purge new water-distribution piping systems and parts of existing systems that have been altered, extended, or repaired before use.

2. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in NFPA 24 for flushing of piping. Flush piping system with clean, potable water until dirty water does not appear at points of outlet.

3. Use purging and disinfecting procedure prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction or, if method is not prescribed by authorities having jurisdiction, use procedure described in AWWA C651 or do as follows:

a. Fill system or part of system with water/chlorine solution containing at least 50 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 24 hours.

b. Drain system or part of system of previous solution and refill with water/chlorine solution containing at least 200 ppm of chlorine; isolate and allow to stand for 3 hours.

c. After standing time, flush system with clean, potable water until no chlorine remains in water coming from system.

d. Submit water samples in sterile bottles to authorities having jurisdiction. Repeat procedure if biological examination shows evidence of contamination.

B. Prepare reports of purging and disinfecting activities.

END OF SECTION

Page 157: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-1

Section 221316

SANITARY WASTE AND VENT PIPING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Pipe, tube, and fittings. 2. Specialty pipe fittings.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.03 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Piping materials shall bear label, stamp, or other markings of specified testing agency.

B. Comply with NSF/ANSI 14, "Plastics Piping Systems Components and Related Materials," for plastic piping components. Include marking with "NSF-dwv" for plastic drain, waste, and vent piping and "NSF-sewer" for plastic sewer piping.

1.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Sanitary Waste and Vent Piping is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 PIPING MATERIALS

A. Comply with requirements in "Piping Schedule" Article for applications of pipe, tube, fitting materials, and joining methods for specific services, service locations, and pipe sizes.

B. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

Page 158: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-2

2.02 PVC PIPE AND FITTINGS

A. Solid-Wall PVC Pipe: ASTM D 2665, drain, waste, and vent.

B. Cellular-Core PVC Pipe: ASTM F 891, Schedule 40.

C. PVC Socket Fittings: ASTM D 2665, made to ASTM D 3311, drain, waste, and vent patterns and to fit Schedule 40 pipe.

D. Solvent Cement: ASTM D 2564.

1. PVC solvent cement shall have a VOC content of 510 g/L or less when calculated according to 40 CFR 59, Subpart D (EPA Method 24).

2. Solvent cement shall comply with the testing and product requirements of the California Department of Health Services' "Standard Practice for the Testing of Volatile Organic Emissions from Various Sources Using Small-Scale Environmental Chambers."

2.03 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTINGS

A. Transition Couplings:

1. General Requirements: Fitting or device for joining piping with small differences in OD's or of different materials. Include end connections same size as and compatible with pipes to be joined.

2. Fitting-Type Transition Couplings: Manufactured piping coupling or specified piping system fitting.

3. Unshielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings:

a. Standard: ASTM C 1173. b. Description: Elastomeric, sleeve-type, reducing or transition pattern.

Include shear ring and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.

c. Sleeve Materials:

1) For Cast-Iron Soil Pipes: ASTM C 564, rubber. 2) For Plastic Pipes: ASTM F 477, elastomeric seal or

ASTM D 5926, PVC. 3) For Dissimilar Pipes: ASTM D 5926, PVC or other material

compatible with pipe materials being joined.

4. Shielded, Nonpressure Transition Couplings:

a. Standard: ASTM C 1460. b. Description: Elastomeric or rubber sleeve with full-length, corrosion-

resistant outer shield and corrosion-resistant-metal tension band and tightening mechanism on each end.

Page 159: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-3

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EARTH MOVING

A. Comply with requirements for excavating, trenching, and backfilling specified in Section 312000 "Earth Moving."

3.02 PIPING INSTALLATION

A. Drawing plans, schematics, and diagrams indicate general location and arrangement of piping systems. Indicated locations and arrangements were used to size pipe and calculate friction loss, expansion, pump sizing, and other design considerations. Install piping as indicated unless deviations to layout are approved on coordination drawings.

B. Install piping in concealed locations unless otherwise indicated and except in equipment rooms and service areas.

C. Install piping indicated to be exposed and piping in equipment rooms and service areas at right angles or parallel to building walls. Diagonal runs are prohibited unless specifically indicated otherwise.

D. Install piping at indicated slopes.

E. Install piping free of sags and bends.

F. Install fittings for changes in direction and branch connections.

G. Install seismic restraints on piping. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

H. Make changes in direction for soil and waste drainage and vent piping using appropriate branches, bends, and long-sweep bends. Sanitary tees and short-sweep 1/4 bends may be used on vertical stacks if change in direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical. Use long-turn, double Y-branch and 1/8-bend fittings if two fixtures are installed back to back or side by side with common drain pipe. Straight tees, elbows, and crosses may be used on vent lines. Do not change direction of flow more than 90 degrees. Use proper size of standard increasers and reducers if pipes of different sizes are connected. Reducing size of drainage piping in direction of flow is prohibited.

I. Lay buried building drainage piping beginning at low point of each system. Install true to grades and alignment indicated, with unbroken continuity of invert. Place hub ends of piping upstream. Install required gaskets according to manufacturer's written instructions for use of lubricants, cements, and other

Page 160: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-4

installation requirements. Maintain swab in piping and pull past each joint as completed.

J. Install soil and waste drainage and vent piping at the following minimum slopes unless otherwise indicated:

1. Building Sanitary Drain: 2 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 3 (DN 80) and smaller; 1 percent downward in direction of flow for piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger.

2. Horizontal Sanitary Drainage Piping: 2 percent downward in direction of flow.

3. Vent Piping: 0 percent down toward vertical fixture vent or toward vent stack.

K. Install aboveground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2665.

L. Install underground PVC piping according to ASTM D 2321.

M. Plumbing Specialties:

1. Install cleanouts at grade and extend to where building sanitary drains connect to building sanitary sewers in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for cleanouts specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

2. Install drains in sanitary drainage gravity-flow piping. Comply with requirements for drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

N. Do not enclose, cover, or put piping into operation until it is inspected and approved by authorities having jurisdiction.

O. Install sleeves for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for sleeves specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

P. Install sleeve seals for piping penetrations of concrete walls and slabs. Comply with requirements for sleeve seals specified in Section 220517 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Plumbing Piping."

Q. Install escutcheons for piping penetrations of walls, ceilings, and floors. Comply with requirements for escutcheons specified in Section 220518 "Escutcheons for Plumbing Piping."

3.03 JOINT CONSTRUCTION

A. Plastic, Nonpressure-Piping, Solvent-Cement Joints: Clean and dry joining surfaces. Join pipe and fittings according to the following:

Page 161: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-5

1. Comply with ASTM F 402 for safe-handling practice of cleaners, primers, and solvent cements.

2. PVC Piping: Join according to ASTM D 2855 and ASTM D 2665 Appendixes.

3.04 SPECIALTY PIPE FITTING INSTALLATION

A. Transition Couplings:

1. Install transition couplings at joints of piping with small differences in OD's. 2. In Drainage Piping: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

3.05 HANGER AND SUPPORT INSTALLATION

A. Comply with requirements for seismic-restraint devices specified in Section 220548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

B. Comply with requirements for pipe hanger and support devices and installation specified in Section 220529 "Hangers and Supports for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

1. Install carbon-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in noncorrosive environments.

2. Install stainless-steel pipe hangers for horizontal piping in corrosive environments.

3. Install carbon-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in noncorrosive environments.

4. Install stainless-steel pipe support clamps for vertical piping in corrosive environments.

5. Vertical Piping: MSS Type 8 or Type 42, clamps. 6. Install individual, straight, horizontal piping runs:

a. 100 Feet (30 m) and Less: MSS Type 1, adjustable, steel clevis hangers.

b. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m): MSS Type 43, adjustable roller hangers.

c. Longer Than 100 Feet (30 m) if Indicated: MSS Type 49, spring cushion rolls.

7. Multiple, Straight, Horizontal Piping Runs 100 Feet (30 m) or Longer: MSS Type 44, pipe rolls. Support pipe rolls on trapeze.

8. Base of Vertical Piping: MSS Type 52, spring hangers.

C. Support horizontal piping and tubing within 12 inches (300 mm) of each fitting and coupling.

Page 162: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-6

D. Support vertical piping and tubing at base and at each floor.

E. Rod diameter may be reduced one size for double-rod hangers, with 3/8-inch (10-mm) minimum rods.

F. Install hangers for PVC piping with the following maximum horizontal spacing and minimum rod diameters:

1. NPS 1-1/2 and NPS 2 (DN 40 and DN 50): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/8-inch (10-mm) rod.

2. NPS 3 (DN 80): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 1/2-inch (13-mm) rod. 3. NPS 4 and NPS 5 (DN 100 and DN 125): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 5/8-

inch (16-mm) rod. 4. NPS 6 and NPS 8 (DN 150 and DN 200): 48 inches (1200 mm) with 3/4-

inch (19-mm) rod.

G. Install supports for vertical PVC piping every 48 inches (1200 mm).

H. Support piping and tubing not listed above according to MSS SP-69 and manufacturer's written instructions.

3.06 CONNECTIONS

A. Drawings indicate general arrangement of piping, fittings, and specialties.

B. Connect soil and waste piping to exterior sanitary sewerage piping. Use transition fitting to join dissimilar piping materials.

C. Connect drainage and vent piping to the following:

1. Plumbing Fixtures and Equipment: Connect atmospheric vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by authorities having jurisdiction.

2. Plumbing Specialties: Connect drainage and vent piping in sizes indicated, but not smaller than required by plumbing code.

3. Install test tees (wall cleanouts) in conductors near floor and floor cleanouts with cover flush with floor.

4. Comply with requirements for cleanouts and drains specified in Section 221319 "Sanitary Waste Piping Specialties."

5. Equipment: Connect drainage piping as indicated. Provide shutoff valve if indicated and union for each connection. Use flanges instead of unions for connections NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger.

D. Where installing piping adjacent to equipment, allow space for service and maintenance of equipment.

E. Make connections according to the following unless otherwise indicated:

Page 163: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-7

1. Install unions, in piping NPS 2 (DN 50) and smaller, adjacent to each valve and at final connection to each piece of equipment.

2. Install flanges, in piping NPS 2-1/2 (DN 65) and larger, adjacent to flanged valves and at final connection to each piece of equipment.

3.07 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify exposed sanitary waste and vent piping. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 220553 "Identification for Plumbing Piping and Equipment."

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. During installation, notify authorities having jurisdiction at least 24 hours before inspection must be made. Perform tests specified below in presence of authorities having jurisdiction.

1. Roughing-in Inspection: Arrange for inspection of piping before concealing or closing-in after roughing-in and before setting fixtures.

2. Final Inspection: Arrange for final inspection by authorities having jurisdiction to observe tests specified below and to ensure compliance with requirements.

B. Reinspection: If authorities having jurisdiction find that piping will not pass test or inspection, make required corrections and arrange for reinspection.

C. Reports: Prepare inspection reports and have them signed by authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Test sanitary drainage and vent piping according to procedures of authorities having jurisdiction or, in absence of published procedures, as follows:

1. Test for leaks and defects in new piping and parts of existing piping that have been altered, extended, or repaired. If testing is performed in segments, submit separate report for each test, complete with diagram of portion of piping tested.

2. Leave uncovered and unconcealed new, altered, extended, or replaced drainage and vent piping until it has been tested and approved. Expose work that was covered or concealed before it was tested.

3. Roughing-in Plumbing Test Procedure: Test drainage and vent piping except outside leaders on completion of roughing-in. Close openings in piping system and fill with water to point of overflow, but not less than 10-foot head of water (30 kPa). From 15 minutes before inspection starts to completion of inspection, water level must not drop. Inspect joints for leaks.

Page 164: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-8

4. Finished Plumbing Test Procedure: After plumbing fixtures have been set and traps filled with water, test connections and prove they are gastight and watertight. Plug vent-stack openings on roof and building drains where they leave building. Introduce air into piping system equal to pressure of 1-inch wg (250 Pa). Use U-tube or manometer inserted in trap of water closet to measure this pressure. Air pressure must remain constant without introducing additional air throughout period of inspection. Inspect plumbing fixture connections for gas and water leaks.

5. Repair leaks and defects with new materials and retest piping, or portion thereof, until satisfactory results are obtained.

6. Prepare reports for tests and required corrective action.

3.09 CLEANING AND PROTECTION

A. Clean interior of piping. Remove dirt and debris as work progresses.

B. Protect drains during remainder of construction period to avoid clogging with dirt and debris and to prevent damage from traffic and construction work.

C. Place plugs in ends of uncompleted piping at end of day and when work stops.

D. Exposed PVC Piping: Protect plumbing vents exposed to sunlight with two coats of water-based latex paint.

3.10 PIPING SCHEDULE

A. Flanges and unions may be used on aboveground pressure piping unless otherwise indicated.

B. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be the following:

1. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition

couplings.

C. Aboveground, soil and waste piping NPS 5 (DN 125) and larger shall be the following:

1. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition

couplings.

D. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be the following:

1. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints.

Page 165: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO SANITARY WASTE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design AND VENT PIPING

221316-9

2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition couplings.

E. Aboveground, vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and larger shall be the following:

1. Solid-wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition

couplings.

F. Underground, soil, waste, and vent piping NPS 4 (DN 100) and smaller shall be the following:

1. Solid wall PVC pipe, PVC socket fittings, and solvent-cemented joints. 2. Dissimilar Pipe-Material Couplings: Shielded, nonpressure transition

couplings.

END OF SECTION

Page 166: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 167: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design SUMP PUMPS

221429-1

Section 221429

SUMP PUMPS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Submersible sump pumps. 2. Wet-pit-volute sump pumps. 3. Sump-pump basins and basin covers.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

B. Wiring Diagrams: For power, signal, and control wiring.

1.03 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and maintenance data.

1.04 QUALITY ASSURANCE

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. UL Compliance: Comply with UL 778 for motor-operated water pumps.

1.05 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Sump Pumps is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 SUBMERSIBLE SUMP PUMPS

A. Submersible, Fixed-Position, Single-Seal Sump Pumps:

Page 168: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design SUMP PUMPS

221429-2

1. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide product indicated on Drawings or comparable product by one of the following:

a. Barnes; Crane Pumps & Systems. b. Bell & Gossett Domestic Pump; ITT Corporation. c. Flo Fab inc. d. Glentronics, Inc. e. Goulds Pumps; ITT Corporation. f. Grundfos Pumps Corp. g. Liberty Pumps. h. Little Giant Pump Co. i. McDonald, A. Y. Mfg. Co. j. Pentair Pump Group; Hydromatic Pumps. k. Pentair Pump Group; Myers. l. Stancor, Inc. m. Sta-Rite Industries, Inc. n. Weil Pump Company, Inc. o. Weinman Division; Crane Pumps & Systems. p. Zoeller Company.

2. Description: Factory-assembled and -tested sump-pump unit. 3. Pump Type: Submersible, end-suction, single-stage, close-coupled,

overhung-impeller, centrifugal sump pump as defined in HI 1.1-1.2 and HI 1.3.

4. Pump Casing: Cast iron, with strainer inlet, legs that elevate pump to permit flow into impeller, and vertical discharge for piping connection.

5. Impeller: Statically and dynamically balanced, ASTM A 48/A 48M, Class No. 25 A cast iron design for clear wastewater handling, and keyed and secured to shaft.

6. Pump and Motor Shaft: Stainless steel, with factory-sealed, grease-lubricated ball bearings.

7. Seal: Mechanical. 8. Motor: Hermetically sealed, capacitor-start type; with built-in overload

protection; lifting eye or lug; and three-conductor, waterproof power cable of length required and with grounding plug and cable-sealing assembly for connection at pump.

a. Motor Housing Fluid: Oil.

9. Controls:

a. Enclosure: NEMA Type 4X. b. Switch Type: Pedestal-mounted float switch with float rods and rod

buttons. c. Automatic Alternator: Start pumps on successive cycles and start

multiple pumps if one cannot handle load.

Page 169: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design SUMP PUMPS

221429-3

d. Float Guides: Pipe or other restraint for floats and rods in basins of depth greater than 60 inches (1500 mm).

e. High-Water Alarm: Cover-mounted, compression-probe alarm, with electric bell; 120-V ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.

10. Controls:

a. Enclosure: NEMA Type 4X; pedestal-mounted. b. Switch Type: Mechanical-float type, in NEMA 250, Type 6

enclosures with mounting rod and electric cables. c. Automatic Alternator: Start pumps on successive cycles and start

multiple pumps if one cannot handle load. d. High-Water Alarm: Rod-mounted, NEMA 250, Type 6 enclosure with

mechanical-float, switch matching control and electric bell; 120-V ac, with transformer and contacts for remote alarm bell.

11. Control-Interface Features:

a. Remote Alarm Contacts: For remote alarm interface. b. Building Automation System Interface: Auxiliary contacts in pump

controls for interface to building automation system and capable of providing the following:

1) On-off status of pump. 2) Alarm status.

B. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the

“BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 SUMP PUMP CAPACITIES AND CHARACTERISTICS

A. Refer to drawings.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Pump Installation Standard: Comply with HI 1.4 for installation of sump pumps.

END OF SECTION

Page 170: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 171: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

230513-1

Section 230513

COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes general requirements for single-phase and polyphase, general-purpose, horizontal, small and medium, squirrel-cage induction motors for use on ac power systems up to 600 V and installed at equipment manufacturer's factory or shipped separately by equipment manufacturer for field installation.

1.02 COORDINATION

A. Coordinate features of motors, installed units, and accessory devices to be compatible with the following:

1. Motor controllers. 2. Torque, speed, and horsepower requirements of the load. 3. Ratings and characteristics of supply circuit and required control

sequence. 4. Ambient and environmental conditions of installation location.

1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Common Motor Requirements for HVAC Equipment is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 GENERAL MOTOR REQUIREMENTS

A. Comply with NEMA MG 1 unless otherwise indicated.

B. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

Page 172: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

230513-2

2.02 MOTOR CHARACTERISTICS

A. Duty: Continuous duty at ambient temperature of 40 deg C and at altitude of 3300 feet (1000 m) above sea level.

B. Capacity and Torque Characteristics: Sufficient to start, accelerate, and operate connected loads at designated speeds, at installed altitude and environment, with indicated operating sequence, and without exceeding nameplate ratings or considering service factor.

2.03 POLYPHASE MOTORS

A. Description: NEMA MG 1, Design B, medium induction motor.

B. Efficiency: Energy efficient, as defined in NEMA MG 1.

C. Service Factor: 1.15.

D. Multispeed Motors: Variable torque.

1. For motors with 2:1 speed ratio, consequent pole, single winding. 2. For motors with other than 2:1 speed ratio, separate winding for each

speed.

E. Rotor: Random-wound, squirrel cage.

F. Bearings: Regreasable, shielded, antifriction ball bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.

G. Temperature Rise: Match insulation rating.

H. Insulation: Class F.

I. Code Letter Designation:

1. Motors 15 HP and Larger: NEMA starting Code F or Code G. 2. Motors Smaller than 15 HP: Manufacturer's standard starting

characteristic.

J. Enclosure Material: Cast iron for motor frame sizes 324T and larger; rolled steel for motor frame sizes smaller than 324T.

Page 173: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO COMMON MOTOR REQUIREMENTS Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR HVAC EQUIPMENT

230513-3

2.04 POLYPHASE MOTORS WITH ADDITIONAL REQUIREMENTS

A. Motors Used with Reduced-Voltage and Multispeed Controllers: Match wiring connection requirements for controller with required motor leads. Provide terminals in motor terminal box, suited to control method.

B. Motors Used with Variable Frequency Controllers: Coordinated with and approved by controller manufacturer.

1. Windings: Copper magnet wire with moisture-resistant insulation varnish, designed and tested to resist transient spikes, high frequencies, and short time rise pulses produced by pulse-width modulated inverters.

2. Energy- and Premium-Efficient Motors: Class B temperature rise; Class F insulation.

3. Inverter-Duty Motors: Class F temperature rise; Class H insulation. 4. Thermal Protection: Comply with NEMA MG 1 requirements for thermally

protected motors.

2.05 SINGLE-PHASE MOTORS

A. Motors larger than 1/20 hp shall be one of the following, to suit starting torque and requirements of specific motor application:

1. Permanent-split capacitor. 2. Split phase. 3. Capacitor start, inductor run. 4. Capacitor start, capacitor run.

B. Multispeed Motors: Variable-torque, permanent-split-capacitor type.

C. Bearings: Prelubricated, antifriction ball bearings or sleeve bearings suitable for radial and thrust loading.

D. Motors 1/20 HP and Smaller: Shaded-pole type.

E. Thermal Protection: Internal protection to automatically open power supply circuit to motor when winding temperature exceeds a safe value calibrated to temperature rating of motor insulation. Thermal-protection device shall automatically reset when motor temperature returns to normal range.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N (Not Applicable)

END OF SECTION

Page 174: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 175: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230553-1

Section 230553

IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC PIPING AND EQUIPMENT PART 1 - G E N E R A L 1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Equipment labels. 2. Warning signs and labels. 3. Pipe labels. 4. Duct labels.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTAL

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S 2.01 EQUIPMENT LABELS

A. Metal Labels for Equipment:

1. Material and Thickness: Stainless steel, 0.025-inch (0.64-mm) minimum thickness, and having predrilled or stamped holes for attachment hardware.

2. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).

3. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

4. Fasteners: Stainless-steel rivets or self-tapping screws. 5. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with

substrate.

Page 176: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230553-2

B. Plastic Labels for Equipment:

1. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

2. Letter Color: Black. 3. Background Color: Red. 4. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71

deg C). 5. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but

not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).

6. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two-thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

7. Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws. 8. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with

substrate.

C. Label Content: Include equipment's Drawing designation or unique equipment number, Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified.

D. Equipment Label Schedule: For each item of equipment to be labeled, on 8-

1/2-by-11-inch (A4) bond paper. Tabulate equipment identification number and identify Drawing numbers where equipment is indicated (plans, details, and schedules), plus the Specification Section number and title where equipment is specified. Equipment schedule shall be included in operation and maintenance data.

E. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 WARNING SIGNS AND LABELS

A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

B. Letter Color: Black.

C. Background Color: Red.

D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C).

Page 177: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230553-3

E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not

less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).

F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws.

H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with

substrate.

I. Label Content: Include caution and warning information, plus emergency notification instructions.

2.03 PIPE LABELS

A. General Requirements for Manufactured Pipe Labels: Preprinted, color-coded, with lettering indicating service, and showing flow direction.

B. Pretensioned Pipe Labels: Precoiled, semirigid plastic formed to cover full

circumference of pipe and to attach to pipe without fasteners or adhesive.

C. Self-Adhesive Pipe Labels: Printed plastic with contact-type, permanent-adhesive backing.

D. Pipe Label Contents: Include identification of piping service using same

designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, pipe size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.

1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with piping system service lettering to

accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each pipe label to indicate flow direction.

2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high. 2.04 DUCT LABELS

A. Material and Thickness: Multilayer, multicolor, plastic labels for mechanical engraving, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm) thick, and having predrilled holes for attachment hardware.

B. Letter Color: Black.

C. Background Color: Red.

D. Maximum Temperature: Able to withstand temperatures up to 160 deg F (71 deg C).

Page 178: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230553-4

E. Minimum Label Size: Length and width vary for required label content, but not less than 2-1/2 by 3/4 inch (64 by 19 mm).

F. Minimum Letter Size: 1/4 inch (6.4 mm) for name of units if viewing distance is

less than 24 inches (600 mm), 1/2 inch (13 mm) for viewing distances up to 72 inches (1830 mm), and proportionately larger lettering for greater viewing distances. Include secondary lettering two- thirds to three-fourths the size of principal lettering.

G. Fasteners: Stainless-steel self-tapping screws.

H. Adhesive: Contact-type permanent adhesive, compatible with label and with

substrate.

I. Duct Label Contents: Include identification of duct service using same designations or abbreviations as used on Drawings, duct size, and an arrow indicating flow direction.

1. Flow-Direction Arrows: Integral with duct system service lettering to

accommodate both directions, or as separate unit on each duct label to indicate flow direction.

2. Lettering Size: At least 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) high.

PART 3 E X E C U T I O N 3.01 PREPARATION

A. Clean piping and equipment surfaces of substances that could impair bond of identification devices, including dirt, oil, grease, release agents, and incompatible primers, paints, and encapsulates.

3.02 EQUIPMENT LABEL INSTALLATION

A. Install or permanently fasten labels on each major item of mechanical equipment.

B. Locate equipment labels where accessible and visible. 3.03 PIPE LABEL INSTALLATION

A. Piping Color-Coding: Painting of piping is specified in Section 099123 "Interior Painting"

B. Locate pipe labels where piping is exposed or above accessible ceilings in

finished spaces; machine rooms; accessible maintenance spaces such as shafts, tunnels, and plenums; and exterior exposed locations as follows:

Page 179: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO IDENTIFICATION FOR HVAC Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design PIPING AND EQUIPMENT

230553-5

1. Near each valve and control device. 2. Near each branch connection, excluding short takeoffs for fixtures and

terminal units. Where flow pattern is not obvious, mark each pipe at branch. 3. Near penetrations through walls, floors, ceilings, and inaccessible enclosures. 4. At access doors, manholes, and similar access points that permit view

of concealed piping. 5. Near major equipment items and other points of origination and termination. 6. Spaced at maximum intervals of 50 feet (15 m) along each run. Reduce

intervals to 25 feet (7.6 m) in areas of congested piping and equipment. 7. On piping above removable acoustical ceilings. Omit intermediately spaced

labels. 3.04 DUCT LABEL INSTALLATION

A. Install self-adhesive duct labels with permanent adhesive on air ducts in the following color codes:

1. Blue: For cold-air supply ducts. 2. Yellow: For hot-air supply ducts. 3. Green: For exhaust-, outside-, relief-, return-, and mixed-air ducts. 4. ASME A13.1 Colors and Designs: For hazardous material exhaust.

B. Locate labels near points where ducts enter into concealed spaces and at

maximum intervals of 25 feet (15 m) in each space where ducts are exposed or concealed by removable ceiling system.

END OF SECTION

Page 180: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 181: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING

230593-1

Section 230593

MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTING

PART 1 - G E N E R A L 1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. The requirements of the General Conditions, Supplementary Conditions and all Division 22 and Division 23 Specification sections apply to all Work herein.

1.02 SUMMARY

A. Provide all testing, balancing, and adjusting of mechanical systems as indicated on the Drawings and as specified herein. Tests shall include, but not be limited to, the items specified in this Section.

B. Testing, balancing and adjusting shall in no way relieve the Subcontractor

of the warranty requirements.

C. The Subcontractor shall furnish all fuel, water and electricity required in performing the testing, balancing and adjusting of mechanical systems.

1.03 REFERENCE STANDARDS

A. All testing, balancing, and adjusting shall be performed in accordance with the latest applicable industry standards, those standards referenced in the applicable Division 22 and Division 23 specifications, including the following:

1. NFPA 13. 2. NFPA 14. 3. NFPA 20. 4. NEBB “Procedural Standards for Testing, Adjusting and Balancing

of Environmental Systems”. 5. AABC National Standards.

B. All equipment and material to be furnished and installed on this Project

shall be UL or ETL listed, in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction and suitable for its intended use on this Project.

Page 182: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING

230593-2

1.04 SUBMITTALS

A. The following submittal data shall be furnished according to the General Conditions, and in accordance with the Subcontractor Scheduling Procedures therein, and shall include, but not be limited to:

1. Water and Air Balance Procedures, Recording Forms and Test

Equipment.

2. Water and Air Balance Test Reports.

3. Vibration and Alignment Readings.

4. Sound Level Reading Test Equipment and Reporting Forms.

5. Pump Test Data.

6. Hydrostatic Test Logs.

7. Final Air and Water Balance Readings. 1.05 WARRANTY

A. Comply with the requirements of the General Conditions and Section 260010.

1.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Mechanical and Plumbing Testing, Balancing, and Adjusting is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 GENERAL REQUIREMENTS

A. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 FACTORY TESTING

A. All factory testing shall be performed in accordance with the latest applicable industry standards, with the manufacturer’s recommendations

Page 183: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING

230593-3

and as specified in the applicable Division 22 and Division 23 specifications.

3.02 FIELD TESTING - GENERAL

A. During the progress of the Work, tests shall be made as specified herein and as required by authorities having jurisdiction, including local authorities Inspection Department, Owner, Owner's Insuring Agency, Architect or Engineer. Tests shall be conducted by the Mechanical, Plumbing and Fire Protection Subcontractor as part of the Work of this Division and shall include all qualified personnel, equipment apparatus and services required to perform the tests.

B. The Subcontractor shall submit proposed test procedures, recording forms

and test equipment for review in accordance with the Subcontractor Scheduling Procedures in Section 260010 titled “Electrical General Provisions”.

C. Leaks, damage, or defects discovered or resulting from tests shall be

repaired or replaced to a like new condition. Leaky pipe joints, ductwork, etc. shall be removed and replaced with acceptable materials.

D. All equipment and instruments required for tests as well as additional

thermometer wells, gauge and instrument connections shall be installed at no additional cost to the Owner.

E. All instruments used for testing and balancing must have been calibrated

within a period of three (3) months prior to balancing. 3.03 TESTING, BALANCING AND ADJUSTING OF MECHANICAL SYSTEMS

A. Field vibration and alignment measurements shall be taken on every piece of the following listed equipment driven by a motor over 20 HP: water pumps; water chilling units and air handling units, which appear in the judgment of the Engineer to have vibration, which exceeds the maximum vibration specified hereinafter; and fans. Readings shall include shaft alignment, equipment vibration, bearing housing vibration, foundation vibration, building structure vibration and other tests as directed by the Engineer. Readings will be made using portable IRD (or approved equal) equipment capable of filtering out various unwanted frequencies and standard reporting forms. Maximum vibration at any point listed above or specified shall not exceed 2 mils on centrifugal fan air handling units and individual fans and 2 mils on pumps unless otherwise specified. Equipment manufacturers shall certify in writing that the field readings, which do not exceed the maximum specified, are acceptable to them. Vibration and alignment readings shall be taken by an independent testing

Page 184: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING

230593-4

agency. Submit qualifications of the independent testing agency to the Engineer for review.

B. Hydrostatic Pressure Testing: Before piping of various systems is

insulated, furred in or otherwise covered, hydrostatic leak tests shall be conducted as specified below:

1. Vents shall be provided at all high points of the piping system in the

position, in which the test is to be conducted to purge air pockets while the component or systems is filling. Venting during the filling of the system may be provided by the loosening of flanges having a minimum of four bolts or by the use of equipment vents.

2. Liquid for each hydrostatic test of piping other than domestic water

piping shall be water and Nalco 2572 or approved equal mixed to a ratio of fifty (50) gallons of Nalco 2572 to 10,000 gallons of water or a higher concentration if recommended by the chemical manufacturer. The process shall be monitored by the chemical treatment manufacturer and a written report issued to the Engineer and Owner two weeks after completion of the Subcontractor’s hydrostatic testing. At least sixty (60) days prior to the start of hydrostatic leak testing a 2' long length of the typical piping installed on the Project shall be sent by the Subcontractor to Nalco or another chemical manufacturer acceptable to the Owner to determine the composition of the internal pipe coating. Provide injection pumps, water meters and coupon racks to control and monitor the concentration. After leak testing and a sufficient time period to allow the interior of the piping to be chemically coated to prevent rust formation, the piping shall be drained until empty. Liquid for hydrostatic testing of domestic water systems shall be clean domestic water.

3. The test equipment shall be examined before pressure is applied to

ensure that it is tightly connected. Pressure gauges shall be calibrated before the testing. Gauges shall read in not more than 2 psig increments. All low pressure filling lines and all other items not subject to the test pressure shall be disconnected or isolated by valves or other suitable means.

4. The hydrostatic test pressure shall be 1-1/2 times the system

working pressures listed, except that the maximum test pressure shall be 500 psig. Note: Equipment must be valved off or removed during the test if the pressure rating is lower than the test pressure. Equipment and piping shall be drained and protected anytime the ambient temperature is below freezing.

Page 185: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING

230593-5

5. The hydrostatic test pressure shall be continuously maintained for a minimum of two (2) hours after which each joint, connection, etc. shall be visually examined to verify there is no evidence of weeping or leakage. The test may be witnessed by the Engineer if he so desires and pronounced satisfactory before pressure is removed or any water is drained off.

6. The Subcontractor shall maintain a hydrostatic test log listing the

system tested, portion tested, date of test, start time and pressure, finish time, pressure and test supervisor for each hydrostatic test. The hydrostatic test log shall be submitted to the Engineer and Owner for record prior to substantial completion of the Project.

C. After soils, wastes, storm lines, etc. have been installed, all pipes in

groups of four or five floors shall be temporarily plugged up and the pipe shall be filled with water full to the top or air under pressure and allowed to remain so filled for twenty-four (24) hours.

1. A final test shall be made after vertical and horizontal pipes have

been run and rough in is complete before sewer or fixture connection is made. In this case, as before, all pipes in groups of four (4) or five (5) floors shall be filled with water to the top of vertical lines and allowed to remain so filled for twenty-four (24) hours. Retesting after leaks are repaired shall be at no additional cost.

2. The Subcontractor shall maintain a log listing the system tested,

group of floors tested, start date and time, finish date and time and test supervisor for each test. The test log shall be submitted to the Engineer for record at the completion of the Project.

3. In addition to the water test, all pipes shall be tested by the

peppermint or smoke test, if required by the Engineer or City Plumbing Department.

D. Pumps shall be tested to check impeller trim and operating characteristics.

The following data shall be recorded and submitted to the Engineer for review.

1. Flow at operating conditions where flow venturi or turbine type flow

meters are installed in the system. 2. Shutoff pressure required to check impeller trim. 3. Discharge pressure at operating conditions. 4. Suction pressure at operating conditions. 5. Motor amperage and voltage on each phase at operating

conditions.

Page 186: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING

230593-6

6. Record coupling alignment data, both face and radial, to verify alignment is within coupling tolerances.

E. The Subcontractor shall demonstrate operating controls, control

sequences and safety devices on the domestic water pumping systems. The demonstration shall be conducted by a factory trained engineer from the manufacturer’s plant.

F. Air Balance and Adjusting:

1. All air systems shall be air balanced by an AABC or NEBB certified

balancing Subcontractor acceptable to the Owner and Engineer. The proposed Air Balancing Subcontractor shall be identified in the bidding proposal to the Owner.

2. The Air Balancing Subcontractor shall visit the Project Site as often

as necessary prior to the start of balancing procedures to verify that the duct systems have been properly installed complete with all grilles, dampers, ducts, coils, etc. and that the return air paths through walls, grilles, lighting fixtures and slot diffusers are completely open and unobstructed. The Air Balancing Subcontractor shall also verify that adequate access to equipment and balancing devices has been provided and that the temporary plastic coverings on the lighting fixtures used for supplying conditioned air and returning air through the lamp cavities have been re-moved. The building area being tested must be thoroughly cleaned by the General Contractor prior to testing to prevent dust and debris from entering the lighting fixtures and fan powered terminal units. The Air Balancing Subcontractor shall submit a written report to the Engineer and Owner within one (1) week after each visit.

3. Where an air flow measuring device is available in the inlet to the

air distribution device, this device shall be utilized by the Air Balancing Subcontractor to determine the air quantity as specified hereinafter.

4. Where an air flow measuring device is not available, the Air

Balancing Subcontractor shall use a flow hood kit by Alnor Instrument Company or Shortridge Instruments, Inc. for the air balance. The flow kit shall be complete with flow hood tops specifically designed to accurately measure the air distribution devices specified for this Project. The flow hood's accuracy and the instrument calibration for measuring the air flow from the air distribution device specified for this Project shall be verified in an

Page 187: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO MECHANICAL AND PLUMBING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design TESTING, BALANCING, AND ADJUSTING

230593-7

independent testing laboratory acceptable to the Owner and Engineer.

5. Air systems shall be balanced with clean air handling unit filters or

with the electronic air cleaner fully operational. Fan belt tension shall be checked prior to balancing and adjusted as required. Air handling units and fans with duct pressure controls or automatic flow control systems shall have the controllers adjusted to maintain the specified pressure or flow prior to balancing. The Division 15 Subcontractor shall operate and maintain the washing cycles of the electronic air cleaner specified in Section 15885 titled “Air Filtering” and furnish all water and washing fluids consumed during testing and air balancing.

6. All tests shall be performed as specified herein and in accordance

with the procedures and test criteria established by the local authorities having jurisdiction. The mechanical, fire protection, fire alarm, electrical, Division 27 Subcontractor and the Contractor shall be present and shall participate during the entire testing procedures. The Mechanical Subcontractor shall furnish the smoke bombs.

G. Water Balancing and Adjusting:

1. After piping systems have been installed complete with all pumps,

piping, valves, coils and other items as herein specified, the Subcontractor shall make adjustments as required to deliver the water volumes at each coil and piece of equipment to within five (5%) percent of design flow as shown on the Drawings or as indicated in the “Schedule of Capacities” in the Contract Documents or as required to properly balance the cooling load throughout the conditioned areas.

2. Water systems shall be balanced with clean strainers and cartridge

filtering elements in the bypass filters.

H. The Subcontractor shall demonstrate to the Engineer and the Owner, prior to acceptance by the Owner, that all systems and/or equipment has been balanced and adjusted properly and that the system and/or equipment is in compliance with the Contract Documents.

END OF SECTION

Page 188: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 189: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS

233416-1

Section 233416

CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes: For each product.

1. Backward-inclined centrifugal fans. 2. Forward-curved centrifugal fans.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data:

1. Include rated capacities, furnished specialties, and accessories for each fan.

2. Certified fan performance curves with system operating conditions indicated.

3. Certified fan sound-power ratings. 4. Motor ratings and electrical characteristics, plus motor and electrical

accessories. 5. Material thickness and finishes, including color charts. 6. Dampers, including housings, linkages, and operators.

B. Shop Drawings:

1. Include plans, elevations, sections, and attachment details. 2. Include details of equipment assemblies. Indicate dimensions, weights,

loads, required clearances, method of field assembly, components, and location and size of each field connection.

3. Include diagrams for power, signal, and control wiring. 4. Design Calculations: Calculate requirements for selecting vibration

isolators and seismic restraints and for designing vibration isolation bases. 5. Vibration Isolation Base Details: Detail fabrication, including anchorages

and attachments to structure and to supported equipment. Include auxiliary motor slides and rails, and base weights.

1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Coordination Drawings: Show fan room layout and relationships between components and adjacent structural and mechanical elements. Show support

Page 190: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS

233416-2

locations, type of support, and weight on each support. Indicate and certify field measurements.

B. Field quality-control reports.

1.04 CLOSEOUT SUBMITTALS

A. Operation and Maintenance Data: For centrifugal fans to include in emergency, operation, and maintenance manuals.

1.05 MAINTENANCE MATERIAL SUBMITTALS

A. Belts: 1set for each belt-driven unit.

1.06 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Centrifugal HVAC Fans is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. AMCA Compliance: Comply with AMCA performance requirements and bear the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.

B. Capacities and Characteristics:

1. Total Airflow: 675cfm for EF-1 thru EF-6 and 120cfm for EEF-1 2. External Static Pressure: 0.25 3. Class: I 4. Arrangement: Down blast 5. Housing Material: Aluminum 6. Special Housing Coating: Color-match enamel 7. Wheel Material: Steel 8. Special Wheel Coating: Color-match enamel 9. Brake Horsepower: 1/4hp for EF-1 thru EF-6 and 1/60hp for EEF-1 10. Drive Type: Belt 11. Fan Rpm: 1386rpm for EF-1 thru EF-6 and 1550rpm for EEF-1

a. Electrical Characteristics:

1) Motor Size: 1/4hp for EF-1 thru EF-6 and 1/20hp for EEF-1 2) Motor Rpm: 1386rpm for EF-1 thru EF-6 and 1550rpm for

EEF-1 3) Volts: 120

Page 191: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS

233416-3

4) Phase: Single 5) Hertz: 60 6) Full-Load Amperes: 5.8amps for EF-1 thru EF-6 and 0.15amps

for EEF-1 7) Minimum Circuit Ampacity: 15amps 8) Maximum Overcurrent Protection: 20amps

12. Discharge Sound Power:

a. 1st Octave: 8.4

13. Vibration Isolators: Spring isolators having a static deflection of 1 inch. 14. Spark-Resistance Class: A

C. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the

“BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 BACKWARD-INCLINED CENTRIFUGAL FANS

A. Description:

1. Factory-fabricated, -assembled, -tested, and -finished, belt-driven centrifugal fans consisting of housing, wheel, fan shaft, bearings, motor, drive assembly, and support structure.

2. Deliver fans as factory-assembled units, to the extent allowable by shipping limitations.

3. Factory-installed and -wired disconnect switch.

B. Housings:

1. Formed panels to make curved-scroll housings with shaped cutoff. 2. Panel Bracing: Steel angle- or channel-iron member supports for mounting

and supporting fan scroll, wheel, motor, and accessories. 3. Horizontally split, bolted-flange housing. 4. Spun inlet cone with flange. 5. Outlet flange.

C. Backward-Inclined Wheels:

1. Single-width-single-inlet and double-width-double-inlet construction with curved inlet flange, backplate, backward-inclined blades, and fastened to shaft with set screws.

2. Welded or riveted to flange and backplate; cast-iron or cast-steel hub riveted to backplate.

Page 192: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS

233416-4

D. Shafts:

1. Statically and dynamically balanced and selected for continuous operation at maximum rated fan speed and motor horsepower, with adjustable alignment and belt tensioning.

2. Turned, ground, and polished hot-rolled steel with keyway. Ship with protective coating of lubricating oil.

3. Designed to operate at no more than 70 percent of first critical speed at top of fan's speed range.

E. Grease-Lubricated Shaft Bearings:

1. Self-aligning, pillow-block-type, ball or roller bearings with adapter mount and two-piece, cast-iron housing.

F. Belt Drives:

1. Factory mounted, with adjustable alignment and belt tensioning. 2. Service Factor Based on Fan Motor Size: 1.5. 3. Fan Pulleys: Cast iron or cast steel with split, tapered bushing;

dynamically balanced at factory. 4. Motor Pulleys: Adjustable pitch for use with motors through 5 hp; fixed

pitch for use with larger motors. Select pulley so pitch adjustment is at the middle of adjustment range at fan design conditions.

5. Belts: Oil resistant, nonsparking, and nonstatic; matched sets for multiple belt drives.

6. Belt Guards: Fabricate to comply with OSHA and SMACNA requirements of diamond-mesh wire screen welded to steel angle frame or equivalent, prime coated. Secure to fan or fan supports without short circuiting vibration isolation. Include provisions for adjustment of belt tension, lubrication, and use of tachometer with guard in place.

7. Motor Mount: Adjustable for belt tensioning.

G. Accessories:

1. Access for Inspection, Cleaning, and Maintenance: Comply with requirements in ASHRAE 62.1.

2. Scroll Drain Connection: NPS 1 (DN 25) steel pipe coupling welded to low point of fan scroll.

3. Companion Flanges: Rolled flanges for duct connections of same material as housing.

4. Variable Inlet Vanes: With blades supported at both ends with two permanently lubricated bearings of same material as housing. Variable mechanism terminating in single control lever with control shaft for double-width fans.

5. Discharge Dampers: Assembly with opposed blades constructed of two plates formed around and to shaft, channel frame, and sealed ball

Page 193: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS

233416-5

bearings; with blades linked outside of airstream to single control lever of same material as housing.

6. Inlet Screens: Grid screen of same material as housing. 7. Shaft Cooler: Metal disk between bearings and fan wheel, designed to

dissipate heat from shaft. 8. Spark-Resistant Construction: AMCA 99. 9. Shaft Seals: Airtight seals installed around shaft on drive side of single-

width fans. 10. Weather Cover: Enameled-steel sheet with ventilation slots, bolted to

housing.

2.03 SOURCE QUALITY CONTROL

A. Sound-Power Level Ratings: Comply with AMCA 301, "Methods for Calculating Fan Sound Ratings from Laboratory Test Data." Factory test fans according to AMCA 300, "Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of Fans." Label fans with the AMCA-Certified Ratings Seal.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 INSTALLATION

A. Install centrifugal fans level and plumb.

B. Disassemble and reassemble units, as required for moving to the final location, according to manufacturer's written instructions.

C. Lift and support units with manufacturer's designated lifting or supporting points.

D. Equipment Mounting:

1. Install centrifugal fans on cast-in-place concrete equipment base(s). Comply with requirements for equipment bases and foundations specified in Section 033000 "Cast-in-Place Concrete."

2. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation and seismic control devices specified in Section 230548 "Vibration and Seismic Controls for HVAC."

3. Comply with requirements for vibration isolation devices specified in Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for HVAC."

E. Curb Support: Install roof curb on roof structure, level and secure, according to "The NRCA Roofing and Waterproofing Manual," Low-Slope Membrane Roofing Construction Details Section, Illustration "Raised Curb Detail for Rooftop Air Handling Units and Ducts." Install and secure centrifugal fans on curbs, and

Page 194: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design CENTRIFUGAL HVAC FANS

233416-6

coordinate roof penetrations and flashing with roof construction. Secure units to curb support with anchor bolts.

F. Unit Support: Install centrifugal fans level on structural curbs. Coordinate wall penetrations and flashing with wall construction. Secure units to structural support with anchor bolts.

G. Isolation Curb Support: Install centrifugal fans on isolation curbs, and install vibration isolation and seismic-control devices. 1. Comply with requirements in Section 230548.13 "Vibration Controls for

HVAC" for vibration isolation devices.

H. Install units with clearances for service and maintenance.

I. Label fans according to requirements specified in Section 230553 "Identification for HVAC Piping and Equipment."

3.02 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative:

1. Verify that shipping, blocking, and bracing are removed. 2. Verify that unit is secure on mountings and supporting devices and that

connections to ducts and electrical components are complete. Verify that proper thermal-overload protection is installed in motors, starters, and disconnect switches.

3. Verify that cleaning and adjusting are complete. 4. Disconnect fan drive from motor, verify proper motor rotation direction,

and verify fan wheel free rotation and smooth bearing operation. Reconnect fan drive system, align and adjust belts, and install belt guards.

5. Adjust belt tension. 6. Adjust damper linkages for proper damper operation. 7. Verify lubrication for bearings and other moving parts. 8. See Section 230593 "Testing, Adjusting, and Balancing For HVAC" for

testing, adjusting, and balancing procedures. 9. Remove and replace malfunctioning units and retest as specified above.

B. Test and adjust controls and safeties. Controls and equipment will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

C. Prepare test and inspection reports.

END OF SECTION

Page 195: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-1

Section 260010

ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 RELATED DOCUMENTS

A. Drawings and general provisions of Contract, including General and

Supplementary Conditions and Division-1 Specification sections, apply to work of this section.

1.02 DESCRIPTION OF WORK

A. General: This section specifies the general interrelationship of Electrical

work with general work provisions.

1.03 SCOPE OF WORK

A. Excavation and backfill for electrical work.

B. Electrical service complete with cable, underground ducts, conduit, etc.

C. Distribution systems for lighting and power including feeders, distribution and branch circuit panels, lighting fixtures with lamps, control switches, receptacles, disconnect switches, wiring and connections to kitchen appliances and other special equipment.

D. Wiring to and connection of motors and controls, and installing motors,

controls and motorized equipment. Starters not furnished integral with the equipment shall be furnished as a part of this contract.

E. Exit and emergency lighting system.

F. Sleeves, block-outs, inserts, anchorage devices, etc. G. Carpentry and steel work necessary for mounting light fixtures, panel-

boards, conduit, etc.

H. Patch, repair and/or replacement of damaged items or owner property.

I. Empty conduit for the security and CCTV systems.

Page 196: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-2

1.04 INTENT

A. It is the intent of the Specifications and Drawings to call for finished work, tested and ready for operation. Provide all apparatus, appliances, materials and work not shown on Drawings, but mentioned in the Specifications or not mentioned in Specifications but shown on Drawings. Any incidental accessories necessary to make the work complete and ready for operation; shall be provided without additional expense to the Owner. Should there appear to be discrepancies between or questionable intent of the Contract Documents, the Owner Representative shall be consulted for clarification, before any material or equipment is ordered or work is begun.

1.05 DRAWINGS AND SPECIFICATIONS

A. The Drawings are generally diagrammatic, intended to define the Scope and show the general arrangement of the work. They are not intended to show every offset, fitting, or structural difficulty that may be encountered during the installation of the work. The Specifications denote the style and quality of workmanship to be employed. Where a conflict exists between the Drawings and Specifications, promptly notify the Owner Representative for proper interpretation and final decision. Should conditions require revisions to space requirements or major rearrangement to suit the design of equipment proposed for installations, submit working drawings showing in detail, changes and arrangements for space and revisions to the work specified under other Divisions before proceeding with the work. Do not decrease sizes or make radical changes in the installation without obtaining prior written consent from the Owner Representative. Changes to work which become necessary on account of failure to coordinate the work shall be made at the installing contractor's expense.

B. Furnish and install all equipment necessary for proper operation of the

system. Furnish, install, adjust and leave in a safe and satisfactory condition materials and equipment mentioned in the Specifications, shown on the drawings or both. Furnish and install supplies, appliances, and connections necessary to the proper operation of the equipment.

1.06 CHANGE ORDERS

A. Should a change order to the contract documents be necessary, the contractor shall submit a formal change order to the Owner Representative.

B. All change orders submitted shall be reviewed by the Owner

Representative/engineer before any work commences. Any work done

Page 197: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-3

without prior written approval is subject to completion at the contractor's expense.

1.07 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Electrical General Provisions is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S A N D E X E C U T I O N 2.01 TRADE COORDINATION

A. General: 1. Review all Contract Documents to verify the location of the various

building components and items to be installed by other trades. Coordinate the work schedule for a minimum of interference with the work of other trades. Ascertain temporary openings required for admission of electrical equipment and coordinate requirements with work of other trades.

2. Coordinate with installing contractor for other Divisions and Sections for determining space requirements and adequate clearances with respect to other equipment in the building. The Owner Representative reserves the right to determine space priority in the event of interference between piping, conduit, ductwork and equipment of various trades.

B. Visiting the Premises:

1. Before ordering material or doing work, visit the premises and

become thoroughly familiar with the general layout of the building site and the location of existing services to which connections shall be made. Check present grades, ditches, pavements, and other conditions affecting utility installations.

2. Verify measurements at the building to the greatest extent possible

prior to fabrication. Where sequence of measuring before fabrication would delay the Project, proceed with fabrication allowing ample tolerances and providing offsets to accommodate as-built conditions. Contractor shall assume full responsibility for making a proper and thorough investigation of requirements. Submit significant differences found to the Owner Representative for consideration before proceeding with corrective measures.

Page 198: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-4

C. Interferences: 1. Locations of equipment and conduit shown on the Drawings are

diagrammatic and approximately correct. Exact locations shall be determined on the job and governed by structural conditions of the building and coordination with other contractors.

2. Do not prevent or disturb operations of active services which are to

remain. If work makes temporary shutdown of services unavoidable, consult with Owner as to dates, procedures and estimated duration of shutdown period at least ten working days in advance of date when work is to be performed. Arrange work for continuous performance to assure that existing operation services will be shut down only during the time required to make necessary connections. If a system cannot be shut down, install temporary bypasses until final connections are complete.

3. Existing utility services or installations are indicated on the drawings in accordance with the best available information. Determine the exact location of service lines or installations encountered in the performance of work and provide suitable protections, support and maintenance.

4. Repair or replace immediately, all utility services or installations damaged in the performance of work. Obtain written approval of the repair or replacement from the Owner Representative and the utility company.

5. If existing active utility services are encountered which require relocation, make request of proper authorities for determination of procedures. Properly terminate existing services to be abandoned in conformance with requirements of authorities having jurisdiction.

D. Access to Electrical Equipment:

1. General: The work of this article is limited to access of electrical

equipment through other work, and does not include required access for electrical equipment systems (see individual work sections of Division-26). Furnish adequate access doors and removable access plates to other trades involved prior to performance of their work to minimize cutting and patching which would otherwise be required. Furnish units in conformance with applicable requirements of Access Doors section in Division-8.

2. Coordination: The exact location and size of each access panel and removable plate required shall be determined prior to installation and such information shall be submitted to the Owner Representative for review and approval. Adjustments may be directed by the Owner Representative for the purposes of

Page 199: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-5

controlling visual impact of units. To largest extent possible, prearrange unit locations to minimize number required.

E. Service Connections:

1. General: Except as otherwise indicated by technical provisions of

individual sections within Division-26, final connection of electrical services to general work (Division-1 through -23) is hereby defined as work of those sections. Final hook-up of pre-purchased equipment and owner-furnished/ contractor-installed (OFCI) equipment is hereby defined as work of Division-26 unless otherwise provided. Rough-in of electrical services for all equipment which is specified as general work, scheduled as (OFCI) or indicated as pre-purchased is defined as work of Division-26. Rough-in to point of final connection to all equipment provided by to others unless specifically indicated otherwise.

2. Rough-in for all equipment by others as shown on the drawings and specified herein. The drawings indicate only the approximate location of utility rough-ins. The exact rough-in locations shall be determined by contractors and from large scale certified drawings. The contractor shall obtain all certified rough-in information before progressing with any work for rough-in connections.

F. Excavating for Electrical Work:

1. General: The work of this article is defined to include excavating

and backfilling necessary for installation of electrical work. Coordinate the work of this article with other work in the same area, including de-watering, flood protection, other temporary facilities, existing underground facilities, landscape development, paving, floor slabs on grade, and other underground services.

a. Standards: Comply with applicable provisions of Division-1

sections and specific requirements of individual section within Division-26. (Requirements indicated in individual sections shall supersede requirements of Division-1).

b. Each contractor shall excavate, backfill and remove excess

dirt in connection with his work.

c. Provide separate trenches for all lines unless otherwise shown.

2. Conduit Support: Provide conduit spacers where more than one

conduit is run in a common trench. Sand base or concrete encasement shall be as detailed on the Drawings. Compact

Page 200: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-6

previously disturbed and unsatisfactory subsoil to provide adequate and uniform support; or excavate to greater depth and replace with stable compacted sub-base material or low slump concrete, as required for adequate support. Backfill by hand and tamp thoroughly with mechanical tamper.

3. Sequencing: Do not backfill or encase underground conduit until

the Owner Representative has reviewed installation.

4. All surfaces shall be replaced identical to original conditions and elevations.

G. Concrete for Electrical Work:

1. General: The work of this article is defined to include concrete

work, not including concrete equipment pads required for the installation of electrical work.

2. Standards: Except as otherwise indicated, comply with applicable

provisions of Division-3 sections and specific requirements of individual sections within Division-26. Refer instances of uncertain applicability to the Owner Representative for resolution before proceeding. Coordinate the work with other concrete work; and coordinate size requirements for equipment pads specified as work of Division-3.

3. Associated Work: Comply with the applicable requirements of

Division-5 and -7 sections for joint fillers, sealants and miscellaneous metal components.

a. Where moisture or vapor barrier is indicated under or behind

concrete, provide fiber-reinforced, plastic-core, asphalt-saturated felt laminate sheets, 1/8" thick, 70 lbs. per 100 square feet, 0.005 per rating.

b. All required anchor bolts, sleeves, templates and other materials incidental to equipment installation shall be provided by the contractor. Unless otherwise indicated, anchor bolts shall be of the hook type, of a diameter governed by the equipment base-plate holes; bolts and nuts shall be ASTM-A-107, of a hexagon form, ASA B1.1 Coarse Thread, Class 1 Fit. Exposed bolt-thread projection above top of nut shall not exceed 1/4" after placement and leveling of equipment base plate.

c. Steel shims and grouting shall be provided by the contractor

as necessary to insure accurate leveling of base plates.

Page 201: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-7

Concrete floors and/or pavement surfaces insure bond to concrete bases.

H. Painting for Electrical Work: Refer to Division-9 for painting requirements. I. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors

meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 ELECTRICAL PROCEDURES AND CONTROLS

A. Testing Requirements: 1. General: Before making applications for final acceptance of the

work, all tests deemed necessary by the Owner Representative to show proper execution of the work shall have been performed and completed in his presence. Scheduling of all testing procedures shall be arranged to provide a minimum of three days notice to the Owner Representative. Arrange for testing of installed systems in accordance with the requirements of the authorities having jurisdiction and the requirements of Division-26. Provide labor, materials, instruments and power for all testing by procedures specified. Test duration shall be per specifications except when the authority having the jurisdiction requires a longer test period. Comply with additional testing requirements of Division-1.

2. Specific Requirements:

a. Wiring shall be tested for continuity, short circuits, and/or

accidental grounds. All systems shall be entirely free from "grounds", "short circuits", and any or all defects.

b. Megger all system neutrals at the service section and

transformer secondaries to ensure the neutral is not grounded within the system. Test shall be made after all branch circuit wiring is installed and connected.

3. Test all ground fault relays. Set relay for time and current rating in

accordance with manufacturer’s recommendations. 4. All equipment rated at 1,000 amps or more shall be tested for

insulation breakdown prior to its being energized. Such equipment shall withstand for a period of one minute without breakdown, the application of a 60Hz alternating potential of 1,000V plus twice the

Page 202: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-8

rated voltage of the device. Test shall be performed in the presence of the Engineer.

5. Motors shall be operating in proper rotation, and control devices

functioning properly. Check all motor controllers to determine that properly sized overload devices and all other electrical equipment, necessary for proper operation, are installed.

6. Where equipment supplied separate from the electrical work is energized, controlled, or otherwise made operative by the electrical work system, the testing to provide the proper functional performance of such equipment shall be conducted by the trade responsible for the equipment. The electrical contractor shall cooperate in such testing and make available of the necessary.

7. The electrical work shall include the provision of any assistance,

such as removal of panel-board trims and junction and pull box covers, deemed necessary by the Owner Representative to demonstrate compliance with the Drawings and Specifications.

8. Repair or replace defective work and repeat tests until particular

system and component parts thereof receive approval of the Owner Representative and regulating authority. Repair any damages resulting from tests and replace damaged materials to satisfaction of the Owner Representative and at no cost to Owner.

9. Make final tests in the presence of the appropriate inspector.

10. Furnish copies of test reports and certificates of acceptance,

signed by the inspector, to the Owner Representative before making claims for final payment; such claims will not be processed until these submittals have been made.

11. The high-potential test if required else where in these

specifications, shall be made by an independent company hired by the electrical contractor. Copies of the report, certified by a registered engineer, shall be forwarded to the Owner Representative within two (2) weeks after tests are performed. Tests shall be performed in the presence of the Owner's representative. "Hi-Pot" test voltages and times shall be coordinated with and determined by the Owner's representative when any other cable or devices, other than that installed new by the electrical contractor under his contract, is to be included in the test procedures. Contractor shall notify the Owner's representative, in writing, of his intention to perform the Hi-Potting test, indicating time and date and the testing agency.

Page 203: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-9

B. Submittals and Substitutions:

1. See General Conditions for instructions.

C. Codes, Fees, and Lateral Costs:

1. Comply with applicable codes, rules, regulations, and building and safety laws relating to construction, public health and safety.

2. Where contractor proposes to use an item of equipment other than

that specified or detailed on the drawings, and which requires re-design of the structure, partitions, foundations, piping, wiring or any other part of the mechanical, electrical or architectural layout, all such re-design, and all new drawings and detailing shall be prepared by the contractor. This work shall be done at the expense of the contractor proposing the change at his own expense and shall be submitted to the Owner Representative for approval. Where such approved deviation requires different quantity and arrangement of ductwork, piping, wiring, conduit, and equipment from that specified or indicated on the drawings, installing contractor shall furnish and install any such ductwork, piping, structural supports, insulation, controllers, motors, starters, equipment, electrical wiring and conduit, and any other components required by the system, at no additional cost to the Owner.

3. Give necessary notices, obtain permits, and pay taxes, fees and

other costs in connection with the work; file necessary plans, prepare documents and obtain necessary approvals of regulating authorities having jurisdiction; obtain all required Certificates of Inspection for work and deliver to the Owner Representative before request for acceptance and final payment of the contract.

4. Provide all labor, materials, services, apparatus, Drawings (in

addition to Contractor Documents) required to comply with applicable laws, ordinances, rules and regulations.

5. Contract Documents take precedence when they are more

stringent than codes, ordinances, standards and statutes. Codes, ordinances, standards and statutes take precedence when they are more stringent or conflict with Drawings and Specifications. The following industry standards, Specifications and Codes are minimum requirements (latest issue as of date of Contract): Applicable municipal, county and state mechanical, electrical, health and sanitary codes, laws and ordinances. National Electrical Code.

Page 204: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-10

National Electrical Manufacturer's Association Standards. National Electrical Safety Code. Underwriter's Laboratories, Inc. Standards. American National Standards Institute. American Society for Testing Materials Standards. Standards and requirements of local utility companies. National Fire Protection Association Standards. Occupation Safety and Health Act. Americans with Disabilities Act (ADA)

D. Electrical System Identification:

1. General: The types of services and equipment requiring

identification include, but are not necessarily limited to, the following: Electrical conduit and power/ communication conductors, switches and control units in wiring systems and electrical equipment requiring operational identification; warning, instructional, or maintenance signage. Refer to individual sections for nominal product or equipment/system identification, for signal/control graphic requirements, and for nameplates with required labels and performance data. Comply with requirements of ANSI A13.1 for lettering, colors and viewing angles of identification materials. Submit product specifications and installation instructions for each identification material and device required.

2. Underground Conduit Identification: Bury a continuous, preprinted

bright colored, plastic ribbon cable marker with each primary or secondary service conduit regardless of whether concrete encased or not. Locate directly over buried unit 12" below finished grade.

3. Cable Identification: Provide standard labels on each cable at

enclosures where more than one circuit or system is present and interrupted. Mark with circuit numbers and other appropriate identification.

4. Operational and Warning Signs: Provide engraved plastic-laminate

or baked enamel signs at locations of major units of electrical equipment. Provide warning signs where there is hazardous exposure or danger associated with the operation of maintenance of the equipment. Provided text of sufficient clarity and lettering of sufficient size to convey required message at each location. Mount permanently in an effective location. Comply with recognized industry standards for color and design.

Page 205: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-11

5. Operational Tags: Where needed for proper information of operation or maintenance of equipment, provide tags of plasticized card stock with the appropriate information.

6. Electrical Identification: All electrical equipment must be labeled,

tagged, stamped or otherwise identified in accordance with the following:

a. Branch Circuit Panelboards: Panels shall be identified with

white stencil with 2" high letters on inside of face of door where recessed mounted, and on outside face of door where surface mounted

b. Circuit directories shall be furnished with two column

typewritten cards set under transparent celluloid mounted in metal frames on the inside of the door. Each circuit shall be identified as to what it controls and the room number and/or area that it serves. Ditto marks are not accepted Room numbers must be verified with the Owner Representative before the directories are made out. Every circuit breaker, spare or space shall be identified.

c. Circuit breaker identification shall be by permanently

installed metal or numbers under acrylic plastic. "Paste-on" numbers will not be acceptable.

d. Distribution Panel-boards: Panels shall be identified with

3/4" x 3" laminated plastic nameplates with 3/8" high letters. Mount near the top of the panel. Circuit breakers shall be identified by number with a 3/8" x 1-1/2" laminated plastic nameplate with 3/16" high letters. Mount on or adjacent to circuit breakers.

e. Switchboards and Substations: Each major component shall

be identified with 1" x 4" laminated plastic nameplates with 3/8" high letters. Mount on or adjacent to each component. Each sub-unit (breaker, switches, etc.) in the switchboards shall be identified by number and name with a 3/8" x 1-1/2" laminated plastic nameplate with 3/16" high letters. Mount on or adjacent to unit.

f. Motor Control Centers: Each control unit shall be identified

with 3/4" x 3" laminated plastic nameplate with 3/8" high letters. Mount on or adjacent to units.

Page 206: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-12

g. Cabinets: Each control unit shall be identified with 3/4" x 3" laminated plastic nameplate with 3/8" high letters. Mount on or adjacent to units.

h. Wiring Device Cover Plates: Cover plates (where noted)

shall be machine engraved with 3/16" high letters designating what the device controls.

i. Communication Pull and Junction Boxes: Cover plates shall

be labeled with grease pencil as to their function.

j. Miscellaneous Equipment: Equipment such as individual motor starters, safety switches, local transformers, etc., shall be identified with a 3/8" x 1-1/2" laminated plastic nameplate with 3/16" high letters. Mount on equipment in visible locations.

k. Plastic Nameplates: All plastic nameplates shall be black

with white lettering. Plates shall be attached with self-tapping screws adhesive not withstanding.

2.03 ELECTRICAL GENERAL EQUIPMENT PROVISIONS

A. Material and Equipment:

1. General: Furnish materials and equipment that are standard products of a reputable manufacturer regularly engaged in the manufacturer of the specified item. All items shall be furnished by the same manufacturer where more than one unit is required, except where specified otherwise. All materials shall be new and shall conform to UL standard in every case where such a standard has been established and shall bear the UL label.

2. Install material and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's

recommendations. Contact the Owner Representative immediately if variance occurs between Contract Documents and manufacturer's recommendations so that variations in installation can be known by all parties concerned.

3. Deliver materials or equipment to the Project in the manufacturer's

original, unopened, labeled containers. Protect from damage caused by theft, the weather, and building operations. Failure to protect the materials and apparatus adequately shall be sufficient cause for the rejection of any damaged material or equipment.

Page 207: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-13

Close pipe and equipment openings to prevent obstructions and damage.

4. The Owner Representative may require removal from the premises,

of such material or work, which is not in accordance with Contract Documents. Unsatisfactory work shall be replaced without delay, without additional cost to the Owner.

B. Motor Starters:

1. Starters are provided by the electrical Contractor, unless furnished

as an integral part of manufacturer's packaged equipment or specified to be furnished with equipment. Responsibility for providing starter compatible with motor furnished rests with starter supplier.

C. Separate Conduit Systems:

1. Each electrical and signal system shall be contained in a separate conduit system. This includes each power system, each lighting system, telecommunications, security system, etc.

2. Each wiring item of building equipment shall have its own run of power wiring. Control wiring may be included in the same conduit, if properly sized, for equipment feeders of #6 AWG and smaller. Larger wire shall have separate conduit.

D. Flashing:

1. Coordinate flashing and counter-flashing of all electrical penetrations

of roofing membrane, as shown or specified with roofing membrane installer.

E. Rust Proofing:

1. Rust proofing primer shall be applied as work of this section to all ferrous metal, pipe racks, hangers, stands, supports, etc. Provide as specified in Painting Section 09900.

2.04 START-UP PROVISIONS FOR ELECTRICAL WORK

A. Adjusting and Aligning Equipment: 1. Adjust all equipment. 2. All switches, shall be adjusted to work as specified.

Page 208: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-14

3. All wire shall be checked to phase out as intended and shown.

4. All contactors shall be adjusted and aligned to eliminate all unnecessary hum and chatter; this applies to contactors furnished by other contractors as well as in this contract.

5. Check and change all thermal elements in motor control where

required to protect motor or to prevent motor from cutting out.

B. Cleaning: 1. Remove tools, scaffolding, surplus materials, barricades, temporary

walks, debris and rubbish from the Project promptly upon completion of that portion of the work of each section. Leave the area of operations completely clean and free of these items.

2. During course of construction, cap conduit in approved manner to

insure adequate protection against entrance of foreign substances.

3. Disconnect, clean and reconnect wherever necessary to locate and remove obstructions from any system stopped by any foreign matter after being placed in operation. Repair or replace any work damaged in course of removing obstruction at no additional cost to the Owner.

C. Operation by Owner:

1. Owner may require operation of certain systems or parts thereof,

prior to final acceptance. 2. Operation is not to be construed as acceptance of work.

D. Instructions of Owner's Personnel:

1. Prior to acceptance of work and during time designed by the Owner

Representative, provide necessary qualified personnel to operate each system for period of two consecutive, full working days.

2. During operating period, fully instruct Owner's representative in

complete operation, adjustment, care maintenance of each respective system and piece of equipment.

E. Instruction Manual: Prior to completion of installation and final inspection

of work furnish to the Owner Representative three copies of complete Instruction Manual, bound in booklet form and indexed for each respective

Page 209: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL GENERAL PROVISIONS

260010-15

trade specified under Electrical Divisions. Each manual shall contain the following items: 1. List of equipment with manufacturer's name, model number and

local representative, service facilities and normal channel of supply for each item.

2. Manufacturer's literature describing each item of equipment with detailed parts list.

3. Name, address, and phone number of contractors involved in work

of this Division.

4. Individual equipment guarantees.

5. Certificates of Inspection.

6. Record Blueprints and related Shop Drawings.

F. Temporary Power: 1. Provide temporary power as called for in these specifications. This

service shall be maintained throughout the entire job as the work progresses.

2. Provide outlets at convenient points and in sufficient numbers so

that no extension cord over 50 feet in length is required to reach any work point. Maintain general lighting in corridors, stairs, basement and other areas not receiving sufficient daylight required for safety. Remove temporary work as rapidly as required for or allowed by installation of permanent work.

3. The temporary power may be connected to existing panels if the

existing system is adequate; however, there shall be no interruptions or damage to the Owner's system. Any damage to existing system caused by this installation shall be repaired immediately to the Owner's satisfaction.

END OF SECTION

Page 210: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting
Page 211: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260519-1

Section 260519

LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Building wires and cables rated 600 V and less. 2. Connectors, splices, and terminations rated 600 V and less.

B. Related Requirements:

1. Section 260523 "Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables" for control systems communications cables and Classes 1, 2 and 3 control cables.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Field quality-control reports.

1.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Low-Voltage Electrical Power Conductors and Cables is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Copper Conductors: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658.

B. Conductor Insulation: Comply with NEMA WC 70/ICEA S-95-658 for Type THHN-2-THWN-2.

Page 212: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260519-2

C. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

2.02 CONNECTORS AND SPLICES

A. Description: Factory-fabricated connectors and splices of size, ampacity rating, material, type, and class for application and service indicated.

2.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Comply with NFPA 70.

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 CONDUCTOR MATERIAL APPLICATIONS

A. Feeders: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger.

B. Branch Circuits: Copper. Solid for No. 10 AWG and smaller; stranded for No. 8 AWG and larger, except VFC cable, which shall be extra flexible stranded.

3.02 CONDUCTOR INSULATION AND MULTICONDUCTOR CABLE APPLICATIONS AND WIRING METHODS

A. Service Entrance: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

B. Exposed Feeders: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

C. Feeders Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, Partitions, and Crawlspaces: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

D. Feeders Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

E. Feeders Installed below Raised Flooring: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

Page 213: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260519-3

F. Exposed Branch Circuits, Including in Crawlspaces: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

G. Branch Circuits Concealed in Ceilings, Walls, and Partitions: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

H. Branch Circuits Concealed in Concrete, below Slabs-on-Grade, and Underground: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

I. Branch Circuits Installed below Raised Flooring: Type THHN-2-THWN-2, single conductors in raceway.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Conceal cables in finished walls, ceilings, and floors unless otherwise indicated.

B. Complete raceway installation between conductor and cable termination points according to Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" prior to pulling conductors and cables.

C. Use manufacturer-approved pulling compound or lubricant where necessary; compound used must not deteriorate conductor or insulation. Do not exceed manufacturer's recommended maximum pulling tensions and sidewall pressure values.

D. Use pulling means, including fish tape, cable, rope, and basket-weave wire/cable grips, that will not damage cables or raceway.

E. Install exposed cables parallel and perpendicular to surfaces of exposed structural members, and follow surface contours where possible.

F. Support cables according to Section 260529 "Hangers and Supports for Electrical Systems."

3.04 CONNECTIONS

A. Tighten electrical connectors and terminals according to manufacturer's published torque-tightening values. If manufacturer's torque values are not indicated, use those specified in UL 486A-486B.

B. Make splices, terminations, and taps that are compatible with conductor material and that possess equivalent or better mechanical strength and insulation ratings than unspliced conductors.

1. Use oxide inhibitor in each splice, termination, and tap for aluminum conductors.

Page 214: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO LOW-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design POWER CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

260519-4

C. Wiring at Outlets: Install conductor at each outlet, with at least 6 inches (150 mm) of slack.

3.05 IDENTIFICATION

A. Identify and color-code conductors and cables according to Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

B. Identify each spare conductor at each end with identity number and location of other end of conductor, and identify as spare conductor.

3.06 SLEEVE AND SLEEVE-SEAL INSTALLATION FOR ELECTRICAL PENETRATIONS

A. Install sleeves and sleeve seals at penetrations of exterior floor and wall assemblies. Comply with requirements in Section 260544 "Sleeves and Sleeve Seals for Electrical Raceways and Cabling."

3.07 FIRESTOPPING

A. Apply firestopping to electrical penetrations of fire-rated floor and wall assemblies to restore original fire-resistance rating of assembly according to Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."

3.08 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform the following tests and inspections: 1. After installing conductors and cables and before electrical circuitry has

been energized, test branch circuit and feeder conductors for compliance with requirements.

2. Perform each visual and mechanical inspection and electrical test stated in NETA Acceptance Testing Specification. Certify compliance with test parameters.

B. Test and Inspection Reports: Prepare a written report to record the following:

1. Procedures used. 2. Results that comply with requirements. 3. Results that do not comply with requirements and corrective action taken

to achieve compliance with requirements.

C. Cables will be considered defective if they do not pass tests and inspections.

END OF SECTION

Page 215: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO CONTROL-VOLTAGE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES

260523-1

Section 260523

CONTROL-VOLTAGE ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section Includes:

1. Low-voltage control cabling. 2. Control-circuit conductors. 3. Identification products.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product.

1.03 INFORMATIONAL SUBMITTALS

A. Source quality-control reports.

B. Field quality-control reports.

1.04 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Control-Voltage Electrical Power Cables is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

Page 216: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO CONTROL-VOLTAGE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES

260523-2

2.02 PERFORMANCE REQUIREMENTS

A. Flame Travel and Smoke Density in Plenums: As determined by testing identical products according to NFPA 262 by a qualified testing agency. Identify products for installation in plenums with appropriate markings of applicable testing agency.

1. Flame Travel Distance: 60 inches (1520 mm) or less. 2. Peak Optical Smoke Density: 0.5 or less. 3. Average Optical Smoke Density: 0.15 or less.

B. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Riser Cables in Non-Plenum Building Spaces: As determined by testing identical products according to UL 1666.

C. Flame Travel and Smoke Density for Cables in Non-Riser Applications and Non-Plenum Building Spaces: As determined by testing identical products according to UL 1685.

2.03 LOW-VOLTAGE CONTROL CABLE

A. Plenum-Rated, Paired Cable: NFPA 70, Type CMP.

1. Multi-pair, twisted, No. 16 AWG, stranded (19x29) tinned-copper conductors.

2. PVC insulation. 3. Unshielded. 4. PVC jacket. 5. Flame Resistance: Comply with NFPA 262.

2.04 CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS

A. Class 1 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN-2-THWN-2, in raceway, complying with UL 44.

B. Class 2 Control Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN-2-THWN-2, in raceway, complying with UL 44.

C. Class 3 Remote-Control and Signal Circuits: Stranded copper, Type THHN-2-THWN-2, in raceway, Type TW or Type TF, in raceway, complying with UL 44.

D. Class 2 Control Circuits and Class 3 Remote-Control and Signal Circuits That Supply Critical Circuits: Circuit Integrity (CI) cable.

1. Smoke control signaling and control circuits.

Page 217: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO CONTROL-VOLTAGE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES

260523-3

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 EXAMINATION

A. Test cables on receipt at Project site.

3.02 INSTALLATION OF RACEWAYS AND BOXES

A. Comply with requirements in Section 260533 "Raceways and Boxes for Electrical Systems" for raceway selection and installation requirements for boxes, conduits, and wireways as supplemented or modified in this Section.

1. Outlet boxes shall be no smaller than 2 inches (50 mm) wide, 3 inches (75 mm) high, and 2-1/2 inches (64 mm) deep.

2. Outlet boxes for optical-fiber cables shall be no smaller than 4 inches (102 mm) square by 2-1/8 inches (53 mm) deep with extension ring sized to bring edge of ring to within 1/8 inch (3.1 mm) of the finished wall surface.

3. Flexible metal conduit shall not be used.

B. Comply with TIA-569-B for pull-box sizing and length of conduit and number of bends between pull points.

C. Install manufactured conduit sweeps and long-radius elbows if possible.

D. Raceway Installation in Equipment Rooms:

1. Position conduit ends adjacent to a corner on backboard if a single piece of plywood is installed, or in the corner of the room if multiple sheets of plywood are installed around perimeter walls of the room.

2. Install cable trays to route cables if conduits cannot be located in these positions.

3. Secure conduits to backboard if entering the room from overhead. 4. Extend conduits 3 inches (75 mm) above finished floor. 5. Install metal conduits with grounding bushings and connect with grounding

conductor to grounding system.

3.03 INSTALLATION OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Comply with NECA 1 and NFPA 70.

B. General Requirements for Cabling:

1. Comply with TIA-568-C Series of standards. 2. Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems"

Page 218: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO CONTROL-VOLTAGE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES

260523-4

3. Terminate all conductors; no cable shall contain unterminated elements. Make terminations only at indicated outlets, terminals, and panels.

4. Cables may not be spliced. 5. Secure and support cables at intervals not exceeding 30 inches (760 mm)

and not more than 6 inches (150 mm) from cabinets, boxes, fittings, outlets, racks, frames, and terminals.

6. Bundle, lace, and train conductors to terminal points without exceeding manufacturer's limitations on bending radii, but not less than radii specified in BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems".

7. Do not install bruised, kinked, scored, deformed, or abraded cable. Do not splice cable between termination, tap, or junction points. Remove and discard cable if damaged during installation and replace it with new cable.

8. Cold-Weather Installation: Bring cable to room temperature before dereeling. Do not use heat lamps for heating.

9. Pulling Cable: Comply with BICSI ITSIMM, Ch. 5, "Copper Structured Cabling Systems". Monitor cable pull tensions.

10. Support: Do not allow cables to lie on removable ceiling tiles. 11. Secure: Fasten securely in place with hardware specifically designed and

installed so as to not damage cables.

C. Open-Cable Installation:

1. Install cabling with horizontal and vertical cable guides in telecommunications spaces with terminating hardware and interconnection equipment.

2. Suspend copper cable not in a wireway or pathway a minimum of 8 inches (200 mm) above ceilings by cable supports not more than 30 inches (760 mm) apart.

3. Cable shall not be run through or on structural members or in contact with pipes, ducts, or other potentially damaging items. Do not run cables between structural members and corrugated panels.

D. Separation from EMI Sources:

1. Comply with BICSI TDMM and TIA-569-B recommendations for separating unshielded copper voice and data communications cable from potential EMI sources including electrical power lines and equipment.

3.04 REMOVAL OF CONDUCTORS AND CABLES

A. Remove abandoned conductors and cables. Abandoned conductors and cables are those installed that are not terminated at equipment and are not identified for future use with a tag.

Page 219: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO CONTROL-VOLTAGE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES

260523-5

3.05 CONTROL-CIRCUIT CONDUCTORS

A. Minimum Conductor Sizes:

1. Class 1 remote-control and signal circuits; No 14 AWG. 2. Class 2 low-energy, remote-control, and signal circuits; No. 16 AWG. 3. Class 3 low-energy, remote-control, alarm, and signal circuits; No 12

AWG.

3.06 FIRESTOPPING

A. Comply with requirements in Section 078413 "Penetration Firestopping."

B. Comply with TIA-569-B, Annex A, "Firestopping."

C. Comply with BICSI TDMM, "Firestopping" Chapter.

3.07 GROUNDING

A. For data communication wiring, comply with ANSI-J-STD-607-A and with BICSI TDMM, "Bonding and Grounding (Earthing)" Chapter.

B. For low-voltage control wiring and cabling, comply with requirements in Section 260526 "Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems."

3.08 IDENTIFICATION

A. Comply with requirements for identification specified in Section 260553 "Identification for Electrical Systems."

B. Identify data and communications system components, wiring, and cabling according to TIA-606-A; label printers shall use label stocks, laminating adhesives, and inks complying with UL 969.

3.09 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform the following tests and inspections with the assistance of a factory-authorized service representative:

1. Visually inspect jacket materials for UL or third-party certification markings. Inspect cabling terminations to confirm color-coding for pin assignments, and inspect cabling connections to confirm compliance with TIA-568-C.1.

Page 220: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO CONTROL-VOLTAGE Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design ELECTRICAL POWER CABLES

260523-6

2. Visually inspect cable placement, cable termination, grounding and bonding, equipment and patch cords, and labeling of all components.

B. Document data for each measurement. Print data for submittals in a summary report that is formatted using Table 10.1 in BICSI TDMM as a guide, or transfer the data from the instrument to the computer, save as text files, print, and submit.

C. End-to-end cabling will be considered defective if it does not pass tests and inspections.

D. Prepare test and inspection reports.

END OF SECTION

Page 221: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GROUNDING AND BONDING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260526-1

Section 260526

GROUNDING AND BONDING FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

PART 1 - G E N E R A L

1.01 SUMMARY

A. Section includes grounding and bonding systems and equipment.

1.02 ACTION SUBMITTALS

A. Product Data: For each type of product indicated.

1.03 MEASUREMENT AND PAYMENT

A. Payment for Grounding and Bonding for Electrical Systems is on a Lump Sum basis.

PART 2 - P R O D U C T S

2.01 MANUFACTURERS

A. Basis-of-Design Product: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide comparable product by one of the following:

1. Burndy; Part of Hubbell Electrical Systems. 2. Dossert; AFL Telecommunications LLC. 3. ERICO International Corporation. 4. Fushi Copperweld Inc. 5. Galvan Industries, Inc.; Electrical Products Division, LLC. 6. Harger Lightning and Grounding. 7. ILSCO. 8. O-Z/Gedney; A Brand of the EGS Electrical Group. 9. Robbins Lightning, Inc. 10. Siemens Power Transmission & Distribution, Inc.

B. It is the Contractor’s responsibility to confirm that all products/vendors meet the “BUY AMERICA” requirement and the Contractor must provide documentation in accordance with Specification 01 33 00 – Submittal Procedures.

Page 222: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GROUNDING AND BONDING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260526-2

2.02 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION

A. Electrical Components, Devices, and Accessories: Listed and labeled as defined in NFPA 70, by a qualified testing agency, and marked for intended location and application.

B. Comply with UL 467 for grounding and bonding materials and equipment.

2.03 CONDUCTORS

A. Insulated Conductors: Copper or tinned-copper wire or cable insulated for 600 V unless otherwise required by applicable Code or authorities having jurisdiction.

B. Bare Copper Conductors:

1. Solid Conductors: ASTM B 3. 2. Stranded Conductors: ASTM B 8. 3. Tinned Conductors: ASTM B 33. 4. Bonding Cable: 28 kcmil, 14 strands of No. 17 AWG conductor, 1/4 inch

(6 mm) in diameter. 5. Bonding Conductor: No. 4 or No. 6 AWG, stranded conductor. 6. Bonding Jumper: Copper tape, braided conductors terminated with

copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick. 7. Tinned Bonding Jumper: Tinned-copper tape, braided conductors

terminated with copper ferrules; 1-5/8 inches (41 mm) wide and 1/16 inch (1.6 mm) thick.

2.04 CONNECTORS

A. Listed and labeled by an NRTL acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction for applications in which used and for specific types, sizes, and combinations of conductors and other items connected.

B. Bolted Connectors for Conductors and Pipes: Copper or copper alloy.

C. Welded Connectors: Exothermic-welding kits of types recommended by kit manufacturer for materials being joined and installation conditions.

D. Bus-Bar Connectors: Mechanical type, cast silicon bronze, solderless compression exothermic-type wire terminals, and long-barrel, two-bolt connection to ground bus bar.

Page 223: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GROUNDING AND BONDING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260526-3

2.05 GROUNDING ELECTRODES

A. Ground Rods: Copper-clad steel sectional type; 3/4 inch by 10 feet (19 mm by 3 m).

PART 3 - E X E C U T I O N

3.01 APPLICATIONS

A. Conductors: Install solid conductor for No. 8 AWG and smaller, and stranded conductors for No. 6 AWG and larger unless otherwise indicated.

B. Underground Grounding Conductors: Install bare tinned-copper conductor, No. 2/0 AWG minimum.

1. Bury at least 24 inches (600 mm) below grade.

C. Conductor Terminations and Connections:

1. Pipe and Equipment Grounding Conductor Terminations: Bolted connectors.

2. Underground Connections: Welded connectors except at test wells and as otherwise indicated.

3. Connections to Ground Rods at Test Wells: Bolted connectors. 4. Connections to Structural Steel: Welded connectors.

3.02 GROUNDING AT THE SERVICE

A. Equipment grounding conductors and grounding electrode conductors shall be connected to the ground bus. Install a main bonding jumper between the neutral and ground buses.

3.03 GROUNDING UNDERGROUND DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM COMPONENTS

A. Comply with IEEE C2 grounding requirements.

B. Grounding Manholes and Handholes: Install a driven ground rod through manhole or handhole floor, close to wall, and set rod depth so 4 inches (100 mm) will extend above finished floor. If necessary, install ground rod before manhole is placed and provide No. 1/0 AWG bare, tinned-copper conductor from ground rod into manhole through a waterproof sleeve in manhole wall. Protect ground rods passing through concrete floor with a double wrapping of pressure-sensitive insulating tape or heat-shrunk insulating sleeve from 2

Page 224: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GROUNDING AND BONDING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260526-4

inches (50 mm) above to 6 inches (150 mm) below concrete. Seal floor opening with waterproof, nonshrink grout.

C. Grounding Connections to Manhole Components: Bond exposed-metal parts such as inserts, cable racks, pulling irons, ladders, and cable shields within each manhole or handhole, to ground rod or grounding conductor. Make connections with No. 4 AWG minimum, stranded, hard-drawn copper bonding conductor. Train conductors level or plumb around corners and fasten to manhole walls. Connect to cable armor and cable shields according to written instructions by manufacturer of splicing and termination kits.

D. Pad-Mounted Transformers and Switches: Install two ground rods around the pad. Ground pad-mounted equipment and noncurrent-carrying metal items associated with substations by connecting them to underground cable and grounding electrodes. Install tinned-copper conductor not less than No. 2 AWG for taps to equipment grounding terminals.

3.04 EQUIPMENT GROUNDING

A. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with all feeders and branch circuits.

B. Install insulated equipment grounding conductors with the following items, in addition to those required by NFPA 70:

1. Feeders and branch circuits. 2. Lighting circuits. 3. Receptacle circuits. 4. Single-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 5. Three-phase motor and appliance branch circuits. 6. Flexible raceway runs. 7. Armored and metal-clad cable runs. 8. Busway Supply Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor

from grounding bus in the switchgear, switchboard, or distribution panel to equipment grounding bar terminal on busway.

9. X-Ray Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor in circuits supplying x-ray equipment.

C. Air-Duct Equipment Circuits: Install insulated equipment grounding conductor to duct-mounted electrical devices operating at 120 V and more, including air cleaners, heaters, dampers, humidifiers, and other duct electrical equipment. Bond conductor to each unit and to air duct and connected metallic piping.

D. Water Heater, Heat-Tracing, and Antifrost Heating Cables: Install a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor to each electric water heater and

Page 225: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GROUNDING AND BONDING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260526-5

heat-tracing cable. Bond conductor to heater units, piping, connected equipment, and components.

E. Poles Supporting Outdoor Lighting Fixtures: Install grounding electrode and a separate insulated equipment grounding conductor in addition to grounding conductor installed with branch-circuit conductors.

F. Metallic Fences: Comply with requirements of IEEE C2.

1. Grounding Conductor: Bare, tinned copper, not less than No. 8 AWG. 2. Gates: Shall be bonded to the grounding conductor with a flexible

bonding jumper. 3. Barbed Wire: Strands shall be bonded to the grounding conductor.

3.05 INSTALLATION

A. Grounding Conductors: Route along shortest and straightest paths possible unless otherwise indicated or required by Code. Avoid obstructing access or placing conductors where they may be subjected to strain, impact, or damage.

B. Ground Bonding Common with Lightning Protection System: Comply with NFPA 780 and UL 96 when interconnecting with lightning protection system. Bond electrical power system ground directly to lightning protection system grounding conductor at closest point to electrical service grounding electrode. Use bonding conductor sized same as system grounding electrode conductor, and install in conduit.

C. Ground Rods: Drive rods until tops are 2 inches (50 mm) below finished floor or final grade unless otherwise indicated.

1. Interconnect ground rods with grounding electrode conductor below grade and as otherwise indicated. Make connections without exposing steel or damaging coating if any.

2. For grounding electrode system, install at least three rods spaced at least one-rod length from each other and located at least the same distance from other grounding electrodes, and connect to the service grounding electrode conductor.

D. Test Wells: Ground rod driven through drilled hole in bottom of handhole. Handholes are specified in Section 260543 "Underground Ducts and Raceways for Electrical Systems," and shall be at least 12 inches (300 mm) deep, with cover.

1. Test Wells: Install at least one test well for each service unless otherwise indicated. Install at the ground rod electrically closest to service entrance. Set top of test well flush with finished grade or floor.

Page 226: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

METRO GROUNDING AND BONDING Burnett Transit Center Escalator Design FOR ELECTRICAL SYSTEMS

260526-6

E. Bonding Straps and Jumpers: Install in locations accessible for inspection and maintenance except where routed through short lengths of conduit.

1. Bonding to Structure: Bond straps directly to basic structure, taking care not to penetrate any adjacent parts.

2. Bonding to Equipment Mounted on Vibration Isolation Hangers and Supports: Install bonding so vibration is not transmitted to rigidly mounted equipment.

3. Use exothermic-welded connectors for outdoor locations; if a disconnect-type connection is required, use a bolted clamp.

F. Grounding and Bonding for Piping:

1. Metal Water Service Pipe: Install insulated copper grounding conductors, in conduit, from building's main service equipment, or grounding bus, to main metal water service entrances to building. Connect grounding conductors to main metal water service pipes; use a bolted clamp connector or bolt a lug-type connector to a pipe flange by using one of the lug bolts of the flange. Where a dielectric main water fitting is installed, connect grounding conductor on street side of fitting. Bond metal grounding conductor conduit or sleeve to conductor at each end.

2. Water Meter Piping: Use braided-type bonding jumpers to electrically bypass water meters. Connect to pipe with a bolted connector.

3. Bond each aboveground portion of gas piping system downstream from equipment shutoff valve.

3.06 FIELD QUALITY CONTROL

A. Perform tests and inspections. Inspect physical and mechanical condition. Verify tightness of accessible, bolted, electrical connections with a calibrated torque wrench according to manufacturer's written instructions.

END OF SECTION

scrawford
Rectangle
Page 227: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting

3.07 GROUNDING SYSTEM TESTING

A. Upon completion of the electrical system, including all grounding, the Electrical Subcontractor shall test the system for stray currents, ground shorts, etc. These tests shall be performed in a manner acceptable to the Owner or Owner’s Representative. Approved instruments, apparatus, services and qualified personnel shall be utilized. If stray currents, shorts, etc., are detected, eliminate or correct as required. The test procedure shall be as outlined:

1. Open all main disconnects for the system being tested.

2. Disconnect the system neutral from the service entrance or step down

transformer neutral connection.

3. Connect a DC ohmmeter across the system neutral and equipment ground.

4. An ohmmeter reading in excess of 100 ohms shall indicate that the

system neutral and equipment ground are properly isolated.

5. An ohmmeter reading less than 100 ohms shall indicate that the system contains ground shorts (stray currents) at some point along the system neutral.

6. Grounded neutrals may be identified by disconnecting individual neutral

conductors from the system one at a time while monitoring the ohmmeter. 7. The systems shall be retested after correction of all ground shorts is

complete. Final readings shall be tabulated for review by the Owner or Owner’s Representative.

END OF SECTION 260526

Page 228: METRO ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING · PDF fileSTRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING ... ARCHITECTURALLY EXPOSED STRUCTURAL STEEL FRAMING in Bid ... Do not use thermal cutting